Skip to main content Accessibility help
×
Hostname: page-component-7b9c58cd5d-f9bf7 Total loading time: 0 Render date: 2025-03-13T11:57:36.426Z Has data issue: false hasContentIssue false

Part II - Political Economy Perspectives of Investment Facilitation Rule-Making

Published online by Cambridge University Press:  13 March 2025

Axel Berger
Affiliation:
German Institute of Development and Sustainability
Manjiao Chi
Affiliation:
University of International Business and Economics
Type
Chapter
Information
The Making of an International Investment Facilitation Framework
Legal, Political and Economic Perspectives
, pp. 121 - 288
Publisher: Cambridge University Press
Print publication year: 2025
Creative Commons
Creative Common License - CCCreative Common License - BY
This content is Open Access and distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution licence CC-BY 4.0 https://creativecommons.org/cclicenses/

5 Economic Impacts of an Investment Facilitation for Development Agreement

Edward J. Balistreri and Zoryana Olekseyuk
5.1 Introduction

After the successful adoption of the Trade Facilitation Agreement (TFA) by the World Trade Organization (WTO) in 2014, investment facilitation has been gaining in popularity. Investment facilitation can be generally defined as a set of measures for improving the transparency and predictability of investment frameworks, streamlining procedures related to foreign investors, and enhancing coordination and cooperation between different stakeholders.Footnote 1 An Investment Facilitation for Development (IFD) Agreement was first suggested by a group of experts in 2015.Footnote 2 After three years of structured discussions on investment facilitation for development (2018–2020), the formal negotiations on a multilateral agreement started in September 2020 among more than 100 members of the WTO.Footnote 3 An important component of the negotiations is an assessment of impacts, so members can rationalize their participation. Quantifying the impacts of the IFD Agreement is, at the outset, challenging. Despite the dynamic debate on investment facilitation, there is no generally accepted clear definition of the concept. Investment facilitation covers a wide range of areas with the focus on allowing investment to flow efficiently and for the greatest benefit. Transparency, simplicity, and predictability are among its most important principles. Moreover, investment facilitation refers to actions taken by governments designed to attract foreign investment and maximize the effectiveness and efficiency of its administration through all stages of the investment cycle. It does not, however, incorporate investment liberalization and protection, or investor–state dispute settlement. These issues remain a subject of bilateral and regional investment agreements.Footnote 4

In this chapter, we use an economic model of global interactions to quantify the value of the IFD Agreement, given the outcomes of the structured discussions. The model is calibrated to GTAP 10 data characterizing trade and the social accounts. We aggregate the world into seventeen regions, including over sixty countries that participated in the structured discussions. We consider the possible IFD scenarios based on the Investment Facilitation Index (IFI) developed by Berger, Dadkhah, and OlekseyukFootnote 5 and Berger and Olekseyuk.Footnote 6 The IFI helps to conceptualize the scope of investment facilitation along 6 policy areas and 117 individual measures and provides an indication of the level of current practice in investment facilitation across a large number of countries. It clearly illustrates that there are significant variations across countries and considerable gaps between the current practices of many countries as well as what might be considered best practice. The IFI score ranges from a low of 0.23 for Benin to a high of 1.73 for the United States (with an upper bound of 2.00). It is especially true that low- and middle-income countries would gain from implementing investment facilitation provisions. We use the IFI in this chapter to inform the quantitative level of the implied reduction of FDI barriers embodied in the IFD. While the absolute scale of the implied liberalization is uncertain, we leverage the IFI to establish a sound measure of the relative shocks across countries and regions. With the shocks specified, we use the economic model to establish plausible ranges for IFD benefits. The primary measure of the value of an IFD to different regions is reported from the model in terms of changes in economic welfare.Footnote 7 We demonstrate the model’s operation as a tool for informing the policy debate, but we also warn that the model is sensitive to a set of critical assumptions. A continuation of the empirical research necessary to inform these assumptions is warranted.

To our knowledge, we are on the forefront of empirically quantifying the potential effects of the specific provisions of an IFD. Thus, we provide important and timely information at the point of policy formation. Our work provides results on the economic impact of a potential IFD on the most active countries during the structured discussions including Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Colombia, Japan, Kazakhstan, Mexico, Russia, South Korea, and EU-27. Other countries involved in the structured discussions within the WTO are aggregated into either the High-income Investment Facilitation (HIF) region or the Low- and middle-income Investment Facilitation (LIF) regions. Apart from members of the structured discussions, we also include the United States and India, major countries that are not participating in the WTO negotiations.Footnote 8 At this level of geographic resolution, our country sample covers around 90 percent of world FDI stocks, with the rest of the countries aggregated into the rest of the world (ROW) aggregate region.

This chapter proceeds as follows. In Section 5.2, we describe the underlying data sources and the applied model of global trade. In Section 5.3, we outline the specific model scenarios and the implementation of the IFI-based shocks. Section 5.4 provides a set of results for all included countries and regions. In Section 5.5, we enumerate a set of critical ad hoc assumptions, and Section 5.6 illustrates the model’s sensitivity to our structural and parametric assumptions. Finally, in Section 5.7, we provide concluding comments and highlight follow-up research that would increase the precision of future quantitative measures of the value of investment facilitation.

5.2 Data and Model Description

The widely adopted Computable General Equilibrium (CGE) methodology provides valuable insights from policy reforms in different areas such as taxation, migration, trade and investment, development policy, climate change, carbon trading, food security, and anti-poverty policies. It is a standard tool of empirical analysis, which is broadly used for policy evaluation and advice. The method is able to capture economy-wide responses to proposed policy shocks. This approach allows for complex interactions of productivity differences at the country, sector, and factor levels, while accounting for shifts in demand as incomes change. International markets are impacted by changes in comparative advantage, trade flows, market entry, and resource reallocations following trade and FDI liberalization. CGE models simultaneously account for interactions among producers, households, and governments in multiple product markets and across several countries and regions of the world.

To quantify the impact of the IFD Agreement, we develop an innovative multiregion general equilibrium simulation or CGE model with four sectors (agriculture, manufacturing, services, and energy) and seventeen regions covering over sxity countries participating in the official negotiations (see Table 5.1 for country coverage and aggregation). The model extends the basic GTAPinGAMS structure presented by Lanz and RutherfordFootnote 9 calibrated to Global Trade Analysis Project (GTAP) 10 data characterizing bilateral trade and the social accounts.Footnote 10 Extensions include a consideration of FDI and imperfect competition in a multiregion setting following the model developed by Balistreri, Tarr, and Yonezawa.Footnote 11 Unlike that study, our model includes the ability to consider FDI in goods in addition to business services. For this purpose, we compute bilateral shares of foreign affiliate sales for model-specific sectors and regions using the data from Fukui and LakatosFootnote 12 and the GTAP 9 data for 2007.Footnote 13 Given the shares, we distinguish between goods and services supplied either by domestic firms or by foreign firms both operating in the host country (FDI case) and abroad (cross-border supply).

Table 5.1 Country coverage and regional aggregation

Model countries and regionsIncluded countriesIFI score – current practice
1EU-271Austria1.50
2Belgium1.38
3Bulgaria1.14
4Croatia1.09
5Cyprus1.24
6Czech Republic1.15
7Denmark1.52
8Estonia1.32
9Finland1.39
10France1.40
11Germany1.66
12Greece1.17
13Hungary0.92
14Ireland1.34
15Italy1.30
16Latvia0.93
17Lithuania1.07
18Luxembourg1.40
19Malta0.79
20Netherlands1.57
21Poland1.34
22Portugal1.23
23Romania0.90
24Slovak Republic1.26
25Slovenia1.31
26Spain1.31
27Sweden1.41
Individual G20 countries participating in the structured discussions
2ARG28Argentina1.18
3AUS29Australia1.72
4BRA30Brazil1.30
5CAN31Canada1.55
6CHN

32

33

China

Hong Kong SAR

1.60

1.45

7JPN34Japan1.51
8KOR35Korea, Republic of1.70
9MEX36Mexico1.48
10RUS37Russian Federation1.09
Non-G20 participants of structured discussions
11COL38Colombia1.17
12KAZ39Kazakhstan1.27
Other aggregated non-G20 participants of structured discussions
40Chile1.34
41Kuwait0.71
42New Zealand1.42
13HIF (high-income countries in structured discussions)Footnote a

43

44

Panama

Qatar

0.90

0.84

45Singapore1.37
46Switzerland1.41
47Uruguay1.05
48Benin0.22
49Guinea0.88
50Togo0.52
51Cambodia1.01
52Costa Rica1.46
53El Salvador1.05
54Guatemala0.95
14LIF (low- and middle-income countries in structured discussions)Footnote b

55

56

Honduras

Kyrgyz Republic

0.61

0.74

57Lao PDR0.65
58Malaysia0.97
59Moldova0.78
60Nicaragua0.88
61Nigeria0.85
62Pakistan0.88
63ParaguayNA
Nonparticipants of structured discussions
15USA64USA1.73

16

17

IND

ROW

65

India

Rest of the world

0.96

Notes: This aggregation is based on the list of around seventy countries participated in structured discussions. The values for the IFI score are based on Berger, Dadkhah, and Olekseyuk (2021).

a Macao SAR is a non-G20 high-income country that took part in the structured discussions; however, it is not included in this region as it is not separately available in the GTAP database. This country is represented in the ROW region.

b This region does not include the following participants of the structured discussions: Liberia, Tajikistan, Montenegro, and Myanmar. These countries are not separately available in the GTAP database and constitute a part of the ROW region.

Given consistency of all other model features with the standard GTAPinGAMS formulation, we only document the extensions to the trade and FDI structures in this chapter.Footnote 14 In this section, we briefly describe the two model structures explored: ARM, the perfect-competition Armington structure; and BRF, a monopolistic competition structure of bilateral representative firms.Footnote 15

The agricultural (AGR) and energy (ENR) sectors are always modeled as perfectly competitive sectors with constant returns to scale (ARM). This standard modeling approach applies the Armington assumption of differentiated regional products to model foreign trade.Footnote 16 In this framework, firm-level products and technologies are assumed to be identical within a region, whereas product varieties from different places of production are imperfect substitutes. Thus, agents consume domestic and foreign varieties of the same good, which are aggregated to a composite commodity using the so-called Armington elasticity of substitution. The assumption of homogeneous firm-level goods within one region is realistic for agricultural and energy products, which are usually characterized by rather low shares of intra-industry trade (i.e., below 60 percent) and rather high elasticities of substitution between different varieties, meaning that products are closer substitutes.

In contrast to agriculture and energy sectors, manufacturing (MAN) and services (SER) are modeled as monopolistically competitive sectors with FDI (BRF). In this model framework, we differentiate all goods and services on the firm level. The first application of the bilateral representative firms structure in a multiregion trade model is provided by Balistreri, Böhringer, and Rutherford.Footnote 17 However, the authors do not consider FDI in their model specification. Thus, this is an important model extension necessary to investigate the effects of investment facilitation.

In general, contemporary trade models with monopolistic competition usually adopt either a KrugmanFootnote 18-style homogeneous firms structure or a MelitzFootnote 19-style heterogeneous firms structure. We consider a hybrid model that is computationally tractable like the relatively simple Krugman model but includes bilateral selection of firms and rents associated with each market like the Melitz formulation. In a typical Krugman formulation, firms enter based on their profit opportunities across all markets. In our formulation, Krugman-style firms choose to operate, or not, in each foreign market. That is, there is an entry margin for every market. This captures the bilateral selection feature of the Melitz structure. We achieve a stable equilibrium with bilateral entry (selection) by designating a portion of observed capital payments to a bilateral specific-factor earning rents. Thus, the input cost for firms is increasing and varies across markets. Each good or service that is modeled under monopolistic competition is assumed to be provided by a small firm selling a unique variety. We characterize supply on a given bilateral cross-border trade link or supply through bilaterally designated FDI as provided by a bilateral representative firm (BRF).

Under investment facilitation, FDI barriers in the form of reduced transaction costs are diminished and more FDI firms enter. Overall output goes up, and there are additional gains through the normal variety (extensive margin) channel. Consumers obtain access to new varieties unavailable before IFD implementation, and producers gain from a higher number of intermediate goods and services. The entry condition of a representative firm is bilateral and, therefore, different from a standard Krugman formulation. In a standard Krugman formulation, the fixed cost of establishing a variety (entry) would be assumed specific to a given source region, and this cost would be covered by profits across all host markets. Relative to a standard Krugman model, therefore, the BRF formulation generates bilateral extensive-margin responses (like the selection effect in Melitz). In addition, because there is a specific factor, changes in bilateral distortions are properly allocated to those favored firms in the markets where they operate. For a more detailed description of the BRF formulation in an application, see Balistreri, Böhringer, and Rutherford, and for an extended discussion of monopolistic competition in computational simulation models,Footnote 20 see Balistreri and Rutherford.Footnote 21

5.3 Investment Facilitation Scenarios

Following the detailed work on quantifying the current practice in investment facilitation as well as expected reforms due to an IFD Agreement by Berger, Dadkhah, and Olekseyuk,Footnote 22 we use the country-level improvements in the IFI induced by different frameworks of the IFD Agreement as an assumption for the relative reductions in ad valorem equivalents (AVEs) of nontariff barriers (NTBs). Using this at an assumed scale, we are able to simulate several scenarios representing different depths and country coverage of the potential multilateral investment facilitation deal. The detailed assumptions about reductions of the AVEs are illustrated in Table 5.2.Footnote 23

Table 5.2 Policy shock assumptions under different IFD scenarios

Countries includedAssumed reduction of AVE in percent
Lower bound IFD (IFD_l)Middle range IFD (IFD_m)Ambitious IFD (IFD_h)Extended ambitious IFD (IFD_x)
ARGArgentina6.6318.3531.6831.68
AUSAustralia2.643.916.876.87
BRABrazil6.0316.4220.1720.17
CANCanada2.395.898.828.82
CHNChina (including Hong Kong SAR)4.856.349.459.45
COLColombia6.8616.1924.7924.79
INDIndia48.64
JPNJapan3.106.549.309.30
KAZKazakhstan5.7110.1121.4521.45
KORKorea, Republic of2.152.464.394.39
MEXMexico3.416.9511.3611.36
RUSRussia10.0030.0936.4836.48
USAUSA8.77
E27EU without United Kingdom4.3813.1217.9817.98
HIFHigh-income countries5.9811.9217.1117.11
LIFLow- and middle-income countries16.5637.4756.1656.16
Source: Authors, cased on Berger, Dadkhah, and Olekseyuk (2021) and own calculations. The values for aggregate regions (CHN, E27, HIF, and LIF) are calculated as a GDP weighted average according to the mapping provided in Table 5.1 and using GTAP 10 data for weights.

Lower bound IFD (IFD_l): Investment facilitation measures are already, to some extent, included in different deep and comprehensive free trade agreements. Three recent FTAs, namely, The Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement (CETA) between the EU and Canada, the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP), and the United States–Mexico–Canada Agreement (UMCA), are reviewed in the initial IFI development.Footnote 24 In the agreements’ text, they identify commitments regarding investment facilitation such as horizontal transparency provisions (dissemination of regulations affecting foreign investment), digital signature, and protection of confidential information. These are mapped to the IFI and provide the improvements of index scores in accordance to each agreement. The results illustrate that the highest increase in the IFI score arises in case of a CPTPP-like IFD Agreement. For our lower-bound scenario, we use the percentage change in the IFI score according to the CPTPP agreement. Moreover, we assume that investment facilitation commitments covered by the regional treaty are multilateralized, so we apply them to all model-specific countries and regions that participated in structural discussions. Thus, a lower bound IFD simulation covers only a limited number of measures from the detailed IFI and suggests the lowest policy shocks ranging from a reduction of FDI barriers by 2.15 percent in South Korea to the highest reduction by 16.56 percent in low- and middle-income countries.

Middle range IFD (OFDM): We assume that commitments under the IFD Agreement follow closely Brazil’s circulated proposal for a possible WTO Agreement on investment facilitation (the “Model Agreement”),Footnote 25 which covers over 30 percent of investment facilitation measures included in the IFI (e.g., single window, focal point, and transparency provisions). Again, we map Brazil’s proposal from February 2018 and provide the change in IFI scores compared to the current practice, which is used in the simulation. We apply this policy shock to all included countries, except for India and the United States. Table 5.2 shows that the lowest decline of AVE occurs again in South Korea (2.46 percent), while the highest reduction of FDI barriers is assumed for the low- and middle-income countries (37.47 percent). Hereby, South Korea, Germany, and Australia will have the least changes in their investment facilitation rules since they have already adopted most of the commitments covered by this scenario.

Ambitious IFD (IFD_h): Given several submitted proposals during the structured discussions (by Brazil, Argentina, Russia, China, Kazakhstan, MIKTA, and FIFD),Footnote 26 we assume that commitments under the IFD include all mentioned investment facilitation measures, which strongly increases the coverage of measures included in the IFI (almost 50 percent of all measures) and reflects a much deeper reform potential. Most of the proposals have similar commitments in terms of transparency, predictability, fees and charges, and electronic governance. However, focal point commitments suggested by Argentina and Brazil and outward investment provisions suggested by China provide value added to the other proposals. In terms of magnitude, due to the broad coverage of measures, this scenario assumes the highest reduction of FDI barriers from 4.39 percent in South Korea up to 56.16 percent for the low- and middle-income countries (LIF region). In general, the low-income countries will gain most from implementation of investment facilitation provisions due to the low level of current practice and, consequently, the highest improvement in their IFI scores.

Extended IFD including United States and India (IFD_x): In this scenario, we also apply the highest reduction of FDI barriers following the ambitious scenario but extend the country coverage to India and the United States. For the United States, the shock is quite small (8.77 percent) since its practice in cooperation and electronic governance is even more advanced than the expected investment facilitation commitments. Only for focal point, application process, and transparency provisions, the IFI developers find some improvements in the IFI score. For India, in contrast, the ambitious IFD scenario would lead to significant improvements across all policy areas, with the highest increase by almost 70 percent for application process provisions. India’s overall shock for the ambitious scenario equals to 48.64 percent, the highest reduction of FDI barriers among all separately included countries (only for the aggregate LIF region, the value is higher with 56.16 percent).

5.4 Results

Conditional on the key assumptions, our model suggests significant gains from investment facilitation. Figure 5.1 reports the aggregated welfareFootnote 27 and Gross Domestic Product (GDP) impacts as percentage changes for the four scenarios. For the world as an aggregate, welfare increases range between 0.56 percent under the lower bound IFD and 1.74 percent under the ambitious scenario.Footnote 28 If India and the United States join the agreement, the potential gains would be even higher, with 2.46 percent. Consistently, the world GDP would also rise by 0.33 percent in case of lower bound IFD and over 1 percent in the ambitious scenarios (1.01 percent for IFD_h and 1.41 percent for IFD_x).

Figure 5.1 Aggregated regional welfare and GDP impact (percent).

Note: Table 5.1 provides country coverage for EU27, HIF, and LIF, which is identical with our model- specific regions. G20 covers all G20 countries involved in structured discussions (ARG, AUS, BRA, CAN, CHN, JPN, KOR, MEX, RUS). Non-G20 includes Columbia and Kazakhstan as participants of structured discussions. Nonparticipants include the United States, India, and the rest of the world.

Source: Authors.

In general, the results illustrate that the broader the coverage of the IFD Agreement and the higher the applied shocks, the higher are the gains. The benefits are concentrated among the regions participating in the negotiations,Footnote 29 with the highest proportional increase in welfare realized by the low- and middle-income countries (LIF) across all scenarios (0.99 percent for IFD_l and 2.91 percent for IFD_h). The other participating regions show somewhat lower welfare increases: In the middle range simulation (IFD_m), the values range between 1.26 percent for high-income countries (HIF) and 1.84 percent for G20 countries participating in the structured discussions. For the ambitious IFD scenario (IFD_h), the respective values equal to 1.75 percent (HIF) and 2.59 percent (G20). There are notable spillovers from applied investment facilitation reforms that accrue to regions not involved in the structured discussions. Their average welfare gains amount to 0.23 percent in case of IFD_l simulation and increase up to 0.73 percent in the IFD_h scenario. However, joining the agreement is beneficial not only for outsiders but also for all participating regions since they are able to generate higher gains (by approximately 0.6 percentage points), with the extended number of members in the IFD_x scenario.

Table 5.3 reports the decomposition of the regional impacts for the individually modeled countries. We can see that China and Russia are the two countries gaining the most across all IFD scenarios. China’s welfare gains range between 1.51 percent in the lower bound simulation and 3.85 percent in case of ambitious IFD. Russia’s gains might be even higher, with 4 percent for the ambitious scenario, since this country starts with rather poor current practice, given the IFI score of 1.09. For the rest of individually included countries, the gains lie between 0.35 percent in Mexico (IFD_l) and 2.57 percent in Kazakhstan (IFD_h).

Table 5.3 Welfare impact (percent equivalent variation)

Countries and regionsLower bound IFD (IFD_l)Middle range IFD (IFD_m)Ambitious IFD (IFD_h)Extended ambitious IFD (IFD_x)
ARGArgentina0.591.512.352.84
AUSAustralia0.531.001.551.97
BRABrazil0.701.772.272.69
CANCanada0.380.871.271.76
CHNChina (including Hong Kong SAR)1.512.663.854.78
COLColombia0.741.702.532.96
INDIndia0.260.570.824.52
JPNJapan0.571.251.782.18
KAZKazakhstan0.761.492.573.67
KORKorea, Republic of0.681.412.062.75
MEXMexico0.350.721.081.50
RUSRussia1.163.234.004.31
USAUnited States0.200.470.661.60
E27EU without United Kingdom0.691.802.483.01
HIFHigh-income countries0.601.261.752.39
LIFLow- and middle-income countries0.992.072.913.53
ROWRest of the world0.280.600.861.17
Source: Authors.

Of particular interest is the fact that India, as a notable absentee in the structured discussions, has a lot to gain from investment facilitation reforms. Solely spillover gains reach 0.26 percent or even 0.82 percent under the IFD_l and IFD_h scenarios, which is comparable to some participating countries like Mexico or Canada in case of the IFD_m scenario. If India joins the agreement, welfare gains would rise strongly, with 4.52 percent under the IFD_x scenario. The United States, in contrast, does not show such a dramatic increase from participation: it is only moving from a spillover gain of 0.20 percent or 0.66 percent under the IFD_l and IFD_h scenarios to a 1.60 percent gain under the IFD_x simulation.

The reports of the percentage welfare changes are somewhat lower for larger developed regions (like the EU). This masks the value of an IFD Agreement in terms of dollars of benefits that accrue to these higher-income regions. Figure 5.2 reports the welfare increases in billions of dollars. We see that global welfare increases by more than US$250 billion under the lower bound scenario (IFD_l) and reaches more than US$1,120 billion in case of the extended ambitious IFD simulation. Hereby, substantial benefits accrue to the EU and other participating G20 countries. Participating G20 countries accrue 43–46 percent of the total global benefits across different IFD scenarios; for the EU, this share ranges between 24 percent (IFD_l) and 28 percent (IFD_m and IFD_h).

Figure 5.2 Aggregated regional welfare impact ($B).

Note: Table 5.1 provides country coverage for EU27, HIF, and LIF, which is identical with our model- specific regions. G20 covers all G20 countries involved in structured discussions (ARG, AUS, BRA, CAN, CHN, JPN, KOR, MEX, RUS). Non-G20 includes Columbia and Kazakhstan as participants of structured discussions. Nonparticipants include the United States, India, and the rest of the world.

The model does report changes in GDP or regional incomes.Footnote 30 The country-specific GDP impact illustrated in Table 5.4 is generally consistent with the discussed welfare results. However, proportional changes in GDP tend to be somewhat smaller than welfare impacts because the basis is total income (including government spending and investment), whereas the basis for welfare is only private consumption. Table 5.4 and Figure 5.1 reflect this.

Table 5.4 GDP impact (percent)

Countries and regionsLower bound IFD (IFD_l)Middle range IFD (IFD_m)Ambitious IFD (IFD_h)Extended ambitious IFD (IFD_x)
ARGArgentina0.380.971.821.50
AUSAustralia0.290.551.080.85
BRABrazil0.421.051.631.35
CANCanada0.220.501.030.72
CHNChina (including Hong Kong SAR)0.581.011.801.47
COLColombia0.410.931.641.38
INDIndia0.170.392.270.55
JPNJapan0.330.731.291.04
KAZKazakhstan0.410.801.961.39
KORKorea, Republic of0.350.721.381.04
MEXMexico0.230.481.010.72
RUSRussia0.601.682.212.07
USAUnited States0.160.381.140.53
E27EU without United Kingdom0.380.991.681.37
HIFHigh-income countries0.360.791.521.11
LIFLow- and middle-income countries0.601.242.111.72
ROWRest of the world0.170.360.690.51
Source: Authors.
5.5 Critical Ad Hoc Assumptions

Computation of innovative models exploring new research questions like the impact of investment facilitation requires a substantial collection of data inputs. As this is a nascent attempt at quantification, we make some uncomfortable assumptions that will need to be addressed in future research. In the following, we present a set of critical assumptions made for the BRF calibration. Model results are conditional on (and sensitive to) these assumptions, which are not well informed by the data.

  1. (1) Elasticity of substitution (σ=3): The elasticity of substitution across BRF varieties indicates the marginal value of a new variety. The lower is the elasticity, the more valuable is a new variety. Using the value adopted by Balistreri, Tarr, and YonezawaFootnote 31 for their FDI sectors, we assume an elasticity of three. This is generally on the lower end of many estimates, and so the expectation is that welfare impacts might be mitigated as the estimate is refined.

  2. (2) The local supply elasticity of monopolistically competitive inputs (η=1): The supply elasticity indicates the degree to which firms can substitute away from the bilateral specific factor. The higher the elasticity, the more responsive output is, but the less revenues are allocated to the specific factor rents. The model is sensitive to this elasticity, with larger welfare gains for liberalizing regions under higher elasticities.

  3. (3) For the SER (services) sector, we assume that 40 percent of observed cross-border provision is a specialized input for the associated multinational. That is, for example, an EU financial firm operating in Kenya will have specialized cross-border imports of financial services from the EU that are used to facilitate FDI supply. The specialized input formulation is developed by Markusen, Rutherford, and Tarr.Footnote 32 While this parameter is necessary for an operational model, its measurement is difficult. Some limited information may be available from proprietary firm-level data.

  4. (4) Since not all measures covered by the IFI induce costs to FDI firms, we make a scalar adjustment to the IFI of 0.05 to arrive at an actionable ad valorem model shock related to the IFD. Thus, we assume that 5 percent of the suggested reductions in investment barriers by the IFI (illustrated in Table 5.2) would lead to actual cost reductions for FDI firms. This scalar adjustment, by design, preserves the relative variation in the IFI across countries, but its level is uncertain. Conservatively, we consider at least 5 percent of the IFI as actionable under the adoption of an IFD. After applying the 5 percent adjustment, the FDI weighted average ad valorem shock across the participating countries under our middle range simulation (IFD_m) is 0.5 percent.

We consider other studies that have looked at FDI barriers to give some context to our conservative assumption that the actionable ad valorem model shock is derived by taking a fraction, 5 percent, of the reported IFI change. As a point of comparison, after applying the 5 percent adjustment, the FDI weighted average ad valorem shock across participating countries under our middle range simulation (IFD_m) is 0.5 percent. This is a small ad valorem shock in comparison to that observed in other quantitative studies of FDI liberalization. This gives us confidence that we are not exaggerating the economic impacts of the IFD. In the following section, we include a set of sensitivity runs that adopt a less conservative assumption by applying a scalar adjustment of 10 percent, effectively doubling the ad valorem shocks.

Other studies that investigated FDI barriers suggest much larger AVEs and often apply 25–50 percent of those as an actionable model shock. For example, based on information about regulatory regimes, Jafari and TarrFootnote 33 develop a database on the barriers faced by foreign suppliers (discriminatory barriers) for 103 countries and 11 services sectors. They find that professional services (e.g., accounting, legal services) are among the sectors with the highest AVEs in high income countries (around 30 percent), but high-income countries have uniformly lower estimated AVEs than transition, developing or least developed countries. For instance, least developed countries (LDCs) exhibit the highest AVE in fixed line telephone services with an average of 764 percent (for thirteen countries in Sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia, the estimated AVE equals to 915 percent). For the rest of services sectors, the average AVEs for LDCs range between 3 percent for retail trade and 56 percent for rail transport.

There are also studies estimating the FDI barriers for single countries. For instance, Balistreri, Jensen, and TarrFootnote 34 estimate and apply the AVEs of discriminatory and nondiscriminatory (apply equally to domestic and foreign firms) FDI barriers in services for Kenya. The values for nondiscriminatory barriers range between 2 percent for air transport and 57 percent for maritime transport. For discriminatory barriers, the upper bound is somewhat lower, with the highest AVE of 40 percent in maritime transport . For Belarus, Balistreri, Olekseyuk, and TarrFootnote 35 use nondiscriminatory barriers between 5.3 percent in communications and 47.5 percent for water, rail, and other transport, while discriminatory barriers for the same sectors amount to 2.3 percent and 42.5 percent, respectively. Similar studies also exist for Armenia, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Malaysia, Tanzania, etc. and suggest a broad range for FDI barriers reaching over 90 percent (in Georgia and Kazakhstan) or even 100 percent (in Armenia).Footnote 36 Thus, assuming 25–50 percent of the described AVEs as an actionable model shock, our assumption seems to be quite conservative.

5.6 Sensitivity Analysis

We proceed with a couple of exercises that illustrate the model’s sensitivity to our structural and parametric assumptions. Table 5.5 shows the comparison of welfare results under different assumptions of the scalar adjustment to the IFI, namely, 5 percent (our central assumption) and 10 percent. Since we prefer to be conservative in our central simulations, we would like to illustrate the magnitude of gains when we double the actionable ad valorem model shock related to the IFD. The results illustrate that a double scalar adjustment leads to welfare gains approximately twice as high as that in our central simulations. The global welfare increases by 1.11 percent under IFD_l and by 4.92 percent under IFD_x scenarios (compared to 0.56 percent and 2.46 percent in the central simulations, respectively). This corresponds to US$506 billion under the lower bound scenario and US$2,243 billion under the extended ambitious IFD.

Table 5.5 Sensitivity to different scalar adjustments to the IFI (percent equivalent variation)

IFD_lIFD_mIFD_hIFD_x
5%10%5%10%5%10%5%10%
ARG0.591.181.512.912.354.102.845.12
AUS0.531.061.002.061.553.191.974.07
BRA0.701.391.773.462.274.442.695.35
CAN0.380.750.871.771.272.601.763.64
CHN1.513.032.665.423.857.924.789.84
COL0.741.481.703.362.534.932.965.84
IND0.260.520.571.200.821.744.527.34
JPN0.571.151.252.551.783.652.184.52
KAZ0.761.521.492.972.575.043.677.22
KOR0.681.381.412.882.064.232.755.56
MEX0.350.700.721.451.082.201.503.08
RUS1.162.303.236.194.007.564.318.28
USA0.200.410.470.970.661.411.603.31
E270.691.371.803.542.484.853.016.04
HIF0.601.141.262.461.753.472.394.78
LIF0.991.912.073.682.914.633.535.81
ROW0.280.560.601.230.861.781.172.44
Source: Authors.

In Table 5.6, we consider the percentage welfare impact of the middle range scenario (IFD_m) under the central BRF monopolistic competition structure and under the full Armington treatment (under Armington, the MAN and SER sectors are treated as perfectly competitive).Footnote 37 The BRF structure does indicate substantially larger gains from the IFD. Across all regions, there are larger gains under the BRF structure, and even larger spillovers for the nonparticipating countries. On average, the gains are about 40 percent higher under BRF monopolistic competition. Our experience is that most of the added gains can be attributed to new variety gains. These extensive-margin gains are not available under the Armington formulation.

Table 5.6 Sensitivity across structural and parametric assumptions for the middle range IFD scenario (percent equivalent variation)

η=1η=2
ARMBRFARMBRF
G201.341.841.361.88
Non-G201.151.631.291.88
EU271.241.801.452.12
HIF0.941.260.921.26
LIF1.602.071.932.72
Nonparticipants0.380.510.250.32
World0.891.240.891.24
Source: Authors

Calculating an exact attribution of the welfare gains from new varieties is challenging because in general equilibrium, the relative prices of varieties are in flux. The complex computation of variety gains, as suggested by Feenstra,Footnote 38 for example, applies in the context of a one-sector model without intermediate inputs. We can illustrate qualitative impacts, however, by reporting the weighted average change in entry of FDI varieties. In our central middle range scenario (IFD_m), the weighted average (across participating countries) increase in FDI manufacturing varieties is 0.3 percent, and the weighted average increase in FDI service varieties is 0.4 percent. This compares to no variety gains under the Armington treatment. New varieties in our central treatment translate directly into productivity and welfare gains by better fulfilling the needs of firms buying intermediates and consumption by households.Footnote 39

We emphasize that parametric sensitivity is also important. In Table 5.6, we also provide one example for the middle range scenario. Doubling the local supply elasticity (η = 2) increases the gains from the IFD for participants but mitigates the spillovers to nonparticipants (comparison of the BRF structure for η=1 and η=2). This is logically consistent. With a higher elasticity, the participants can take advantage of the liberalization, but it also means that nonparticipants can be more easily squeezed out of the market. Thus, competitive effects are exacerbated under higher elasticities.

5.7 Conclusion

In this chapter, we develop an innovative quantitative model for assessing the economic impacts of an IFD Agreement. We utilize the newly developed IFIFootnote 40 to inform model shocks and run scenarios consistent with the WTO structured discussions on investment facilitation. The model includes an innovative monopolistic competition structure and is calibrated to the GTAP 10 accounts. Our objective of including FDI in manufacturing and service sectors means that the data requirements exceed those available from GTAP. In particular, we need data that establish FDI stocks and the relationships between FDI firms and their home-country (specialized) inputs. A careful collection of these data is beyond the current scope of this chapter. Thus, our results rely on a set of key assumptions that will need to be addressed in future research.

Our model results generally illustrate that the deeper an IFD Agreement and the higher the applied shocks, the higher are the gains. For the world as an aggregate, welfare gains range between 0.56 percent under the lower bound IFD and 1.74 percent under the ambitious scenario. The benefits are concentrated among the countries that participated in structured discussions, with the highest increase in welfare realized by the low- and middle-income countries. Given their low level of current practice in investment facilitation and the highest policy shocks among all regions, these countries will be the biggest winners of a deep and comprehensive multilateral deal. In monetary terms, the expected gains of the low- and middle-income countries range between US$10 and US$30 billion depending on the depth of a potential IFD. Global gains may exceed US$790 billion, with substantial benefits for the EU (24–28 percent) and other participating G20 countries (43–46 percent).

Interestingly, there are notable spillover gains from applied investment facilitation reforms to countries taking no action under the agreement (between 0.20 percent and 0.82 percent). Joining a potential agreement is still very attractive to those countries with a low level of current practice in the field. Our extended ambitious IFD scenario with India and the United States among the members indicates significant benefits for India, with a welfare gain of 4.52 percent. The United States, in contrast, does not show such a dramatic increase from participation, with a welfare gain of 1.60 percent.

The presented results illustrate the potential impact of an IFD Agreement, which is closer to the lower bound for several reasons. First, even our ambitious scenario is still quite limited since it covers around a half of measures of IFI, which provides an in-depth concept of investment facilitation. If the IFD Agreement goes beyond measures covered in our policy shocks, the impact would increase. Second, a broader country coverage would also increase the global welfare gains. In this analysis, we focus on the list of countries that engaged in the structured discussions in the beginning of the process, while there are now over 100 countries taking part in the negotiations. Third, we prefer to be conservative in our central simulations, assuming a rather low ad valorem model shock. Our less conservative sensitivity runs (doubling the ad valorem shock) indicate much higher global welfare gains: 1.11 percent under the lower bound and 3.47 percent under the ambitious scenarios. This corresponds to US$506 billion under the lower bound scenario and almost US$1,580 billion under the ambitious IFD. Overall, our empirical results and, in general, the class of models employed suggest that the potential gains from an IFD significantly exceed those available from traditional tariff liberalization.

This analysis contributes to the very scarce research on investment facilitation and has the potential to provide policymakers with important information on the effects of the multilateral agreement. Applying the demonstrated model gives useful information on what instruments and the degree of investment facilitation commitments are needed to substantially enhance economic performance. It also provides a framework for considering the impacts and incentives for those countries that have chosen not to participate in the structured discussions.

6 The Political Economy of an Investment Facilitation for Development Agreement in Brazil, India, and China

Julia Calvert
6.1 Introduction

Negotiations toward an Investment Facilitation for Development (IFD) Agreement have been concluded in July 2023 at the World Trade Organization (WTO). Eight more member countries joined the negotiations in November 2021, bringing the total number of participating countries to 112. A leaked draft of the agreement, called the ‘Easter Text’,Footnote 1 suggests that parties have made significant progress toward an agreement. The conclusion of the IFD Agreement marks an important juncture in the global politics of foreign investment. Earlier attempts at negotiating multilateral investment rules – including the 1995 Multilateral Agreement on Investment (MAI) under the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA) – were thwarted in part by opposition from developing countries.Footnote 2 Investment was also one of three ‘Singapore Issues’ dropped from the Doha Agenda in 2003 after strong objections from China, India, and Brazil over expanding the WTO’s remit over non-trade-related investment matters. Momentum toward the IFD Agreement therefore raises important questions: What changes in the global politics of investment have made this initiative possible? And, what political challenges remain?

This chapter is dedicated to the political economy of multilateral investment rules. It examines the domestic and international pressures that inform the positions of three emerging powers – China, India, and Brazil – toward the IFD initiative. It focuses on these three countries not strictly for comparative purposes but to illustrate the domestic and international factors that have made progress on the IFD Agreement possible and those that may stand in the way of a successful implementation of the agreement. As three influential WTO members, India, China, and Brazil are key to the future direction of the WTO, yet they have taken different positions on the IFD Agreement. While China and Brazil champion the agreement, India is a vocal opponent. What is striking about these different positions is that all three countries claim to represent the interests of the developing world.

The chapter highlights three factors that have provided conducive grounds for the agreement, namely, the dissolution of capital-importing versus capital-exporting dichotomies in country identities; a corresponding convergence in interests among select WTO members; the questioned legitimacy in investment treaty law, which has created an opportunity for new thinking around investment rules; and expanded political space for new voices inside the WTO. At the same time, proponents will continue to struggle with lingering concerns from other WTO members about the policy space and asymmetries in existing trade rules. The chapter proceeds as follows: The next section provides necessary historical context to understanding contemporary debates on multilateral investment rules. It focuses primarily on the global politics of investment and the historic failures of countries to arrive at a multilateral investment agreement. The third section deals with the domestic and international factors driving country positions on the IFD Agreement in China, India, and Brazil. The last section offers some observations about what concessions may be needed to successfully multilateralize the agreement.

6.2 The Global Politics of Multilateral Investment Rules

The first step toward the IFD Agreement was taken during the 11th Ministerial Conference in December 2017 when WTO members adopted a Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development, calling for structured discussions on the development of a multilateral framework on investment facilitation.Footnote 3 The joint statement initiative was endorsed by seventy country members at varying levels of development from almost all continents. Notable abstentions include the United States and India. South Africa also objected, as discussed in this book (see Chapter 14). A set of informal discussions was then led by the Friends for Investment Facilitation for Development (FIFD), a coalition of seventeen developing country members with formal negotiations beginning in September 2020. Negotiations have focused on the following key areas: improving the transparency and predictability of investment measures; simplifying and speeding up investment-related administrative procedures; strengthening dialogue between governments and investors; promoting the uptake by companies of responsible business practices; and ensuring special and differential treatment (SDT), technical assistance, and capacity building for developing and least-developed countries.Footnote 4 Proponents hoped to conclude a draft agreement by November 2021 in time for the 12th Ministerial Conference in Geneva; however, that conference was ultimately placed on hold by the COVID-19 pandemic. When the Ministerial Conference resumed in June 2022, IFD was left off the agenda as WTO members prioritized negotiations on food security and intellectual property rights. Nevertheless, text-based negotiations were concluded by July 2023.

That over 110 member countries are participating in this plurilateral initiative is a remarkable success, given the politicized nature of the WTO at present and previous failures at negotiating multi- and plurilateral investment rules. To some scholars, the failure of past initiatives is hardly surprising, given that multilateral arrangements dispel the competitive dynamics between countries that are key to commitment making. Commenting on the success of bilateral investment treaties (BITs), Andrew GuzmanFootnote 5 argues that multilateral initiatives fail precisely because they apply to each participant equally as a group. That no country derives an advantage in the global competition to attract foreign direct investment (FDI) means that governments face few incentives to sign onto multilateral arrangements. Instead, governments are more likely to work together to resist since they recognize that they are better off preserving their freedom of movement.

One factor that helps to explain recent momentum behind the IFD Agreement is that it departs significantly from past multilateral initiatives in the depth of integration demanded of participants. During the MAI and FTAA negotiations, influential capital-exporting countries pushed for high standards of investment liberalization and protection as well as provisions on investor–state dispute settlement (ISDS) to reinforce them.Footnote 6 These provisions evoked strong opposition from developing countries over fears that they would unduly constrain their policy space. Civil society groups also contested the regulatory amendments that would have been required to bring the agreements into force.Footnote 7 In the last two decades, investment protection standards and ISDS have faced controversy due to a growing number of arbitral claims brought against governments under BITs and investment chapters in free trade agreements. Invoking these standards, foreign investors have won multi-million-dollar awards against governments that instituted public policies that negatively impacted their economic interests, policies related to basic service provision, public health, and natural resource governance. These awards have generated fears of regulatory chill in countries that belong to BITs and growing calls for the reform of countries’ BIT commitments.

The IFD Agreement excludes issues of investment protection and liberalization. Proponents claim that it is more of a technical agreement about the ‘nuts and bolts’ of encouraging – not regulating – sustainable FDI flows.Footnote 8 While definitions vary, investment facilitation is generally understood as ‘a set of practical measures concerned with improving the transparency and predictability of investment frameworks, streamlining procedures related to foreign investors, and enhancing coordination and cooperation between stakeholders, such as host and home-country government, foreign investors and domestic corporations, as well as societal actors’.Footnote 9 By excluding investment protections, advocates claim that the IFD Agreement will avoid impinging on a domestic policy space. As GaborFootnote 10 argues, investment facilitation is not about ‘whether investment related policies, laws and regulations should be changed but rather how those policies, laws and regulations currently in place are implemented, and what could be done to make their implementation more transparent and predictable’. A common example of an investment facilitation measure is the single electronic window (SEW), a national electronic platform that would provide investors ready access to information and enable them to fulfill administrative requirements and pay relevant fees. SEWs are meant to enhance the transparency and efficiency of administrative procedures while reducing the bureaucratic burden placed on investors. Framing the IFD Agreement as a ‘technical agreement’ that complements – not impinges on – governments’ regulatory capacity seems to have eased concerns among some countries that once staunchly opposed the WTO’s oversight in matters of investment. This includes Brazil, which along with other developing countries, opposed United States’ efforts to place investment on the WTO’s negotiating agenda during the Uruguay Round.Footnote 11

Progress toward the IFD Agreement may also represent a new (and increasingly rare) instance of interstate cooperation on an economic matter vital to the interests of developing countries. According to the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development,Footnote 12 governments of developing countries face an annual investment gap of US$2.5 trillion in meeting their sustainable development goals, and foreign investment will ultimately play a vital role in addressing this gap. There appears to be a growing consensus on the need for investment facilitation in national, regional, and plurilateral circles to help countries achieve these goals. The IFD Agreement builds on preexisting initiatives. The Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation endorsed an investment facilitation action plan as early as 2008.Footnote 13 Brazil, China, India, Russia, and South Africa agreed upon a Trade and Investment Facilitation Action Plan in 2014. The OECD and UNCTAD released policy documents that called on member countries to encourage investment facilitation measures with the 2015 Policy Framework for Investment and the updated 2016 Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation, respectively. These various initiatives suggest that investment facilitation is a promising area of agreement in an otherwise contested policy area.

The IFD Agreement builds on another important precedence: the WTO’s Trade Facilitation Agreement (TFA). WTO members accepted the notion of needing to ‘facilitate’ processes of economic integration with the conclusion of the TFA in 2013. The IFD Agreement has been framed as a natural corollary of the TFA by experts and some member states.Footnote 14 Country proposals for the IFD Agreement carry forward some of the TFA’s main elements, including its emphasis on maximizing transparency and efficiency in administrative procedures, the potential for electronic governance, and the need for capacity building. Progress toward the IFD Agreement may therefore represent an emerging norm, not about investment liberalization but about the importance of transparency and efficiency in the execution of laws and regulation that concern trade and investment (as well as their interlinkages). Underlying this emerging consensus on facilitation is a more established norm about the role foreign investors can and should play in promoting sustainable development.

Another conducive change in the global politics of investment surrounds the shifting identities of WTO members. Country positions on multilateral investment rules no longer correspond strongly to a capital-importing versus -exporting country dichotomy as they did during the MAI, FTAA, and TRIMs negotiations. Changing patterns of investment, rapid economic growth in countries like China and India, and controversies surrounding investment treaty law have complicated traditional understandings of where country interests lie. As SauvantFootnote 15 argues, emerging powers no longer consider their defensive policy interests as host-states but also their offensive interests as home-states to powerful multinational enterprises (MNEs). At the same time, advanced economies like Canada and Australia have been forced to consider their defensive interests more strongly due to rising investment from emerging markets in security-related sectors and high-profile legal claims by foreign investors.

In a stark departure from the past, developing countries are the main forces behind the reintroduction of investment-related matters in the WTO. The Joint Statement Initiative originated from the efforts of two country coalitions – FIFD and MIKTA, an alliance of Mexico, Indonesia, Korea, Turkey, and Australia – that brought forward proposals for structured discussions on investment facilitation during the 2017 Ministerial meeting. Russia, China, and Argentina and Brazil (jointly) also submitted proposals.Footnote 16 This is while traditional advocates of investment rules – namely, the United States and EU member countries – have taken a back seat.

Still, the IFD Agreement negotiations have not been without controversy. Some of the most vocal opposition has come from other emerging powers, including India and South Africa. India and South Africa objected to the negotiations on the basis that joint statement initiatives were resulting in ‘the marginalization of existing multilateral mandates arrived at through consensus in favor of matters without multilateral mandates’.Footnote 17 The Indian government also expressed concerns about the constraining effects of an IFD Agreement on government policy space. Academics and civil society groups caution that the investment facilitation agenda may focus disproportionately on making it easier for foreign investors to operate in host-countries, while more urgent concerns related to the promotion of sustainable development are neglected. For instance, Coleman et al.Footnote 18 point out that proposals to include commitments on regulatory streamlining might create incentives to ease environmental assessment regulations. Others argue that an IFD Agreement may impose steep adjustment costs on countries that are already struggling to meet their WTO commitments.

The IFD Agreement has also been bound up with political debates surrounding the WTO’s future in global economic governance. WTO members are currently grappling with foundational debates about the future of the trade organization that will inevitably affect the success of the IFD Agreement. Most notable perhaps are highly contentious debates on the dispute settlement mechanism and the SDT principle, the latter of which have been driven by United States’ demands for the ‘graduation’ from the SDT status of emerging powers like India and China.

Emergent norms and shifting identities may help explain recent momentum toward the IFD Agreement, but they do not explain why some countries continue to hold out. Explaining individual country preferences requires examining the domestic and international pressures that shape countries’ foreign policy agendas. As Robert PutnamFootnote 19 famously observed, governments are often forced to balance competing demands not just from the international arena but also from domestic actors and conditions. It is the confluence of international and domestic conditions, which will ultimately shape the success of the IFD Agreement initiative. The next section discusses how domestic and international factors have interacted to shape the preferences of three influential WTO members.

6.3 The Politics of an IFD Agreement
6.3.1 China

As coordinator of FIFD, China was a major force behind the 2017 joint statement in support of the IFD Agreement. Even before informal discussions on the IFD Agreement were launched, China encouraged consensus building on investment facilitation measures during its tenure as president of the G20.Footnote 20 China has since become one of the most vocal proponents of the agreement inside and outside of the WTO. Scholars attribute China’s interest in investment facilitation to its status as a net exporter of capital.Footnote 21 Multilateral rules on investment facilitation will reduce the transaction costs for Chinese firms and state-owned enterprises when investing abroad. However, China’s economic status does not fully explain why the Chinese government sees the WTO as an appropriate venue in which to advance multilateral investment rules nor why it stopped short of pursuing investment protections. As this section discusses, China’s interest in investment facilitation reflects a confluence of international and domestic pressures as well as its growing confidence on the world stage.

Chinese outward foreign direct investment (OFDI) has increased steadily since 2002, surpassing inward FDI flows for the first time in 2015 (see Figure 6.1) and OFDI stocks soon followed, exceeding inward FDI stocks in 2017 (see Figure 6.2). It is true therefore that China’s interest in investment facilitation has grown in step with its status as a capital exporter. But its interests also reflect important changes in China’s domestic economic and political landscape, which made this status possible.

Figure 6.1 China FDI flows inward and outward (US$ billion).

Source: Own compilation based on data UNCTADStat, ‘Foreign Direct Investment: Inward and Outward Flows and Stock, annual’, online at: https://unctadstat.unctad.org/wds/TableViewer/tableView.aspx (accessed 13 June 2023).

Figure 6.2 China FDI stocks inward and outward (US$ billion).

Source: Own compilation based on data from UNCTADStat, ‘Foreign Direct Investment: Inward and Outward Flows and Stock, annual’, online at: https://unctadstat.unctad.org/wds/TableViewer/tableView.aspx (accessed 13 June 2023).

Prior to the late 1970s, China’s foreign economic policy was predominantly protectionist. The imposition of foreign investment on China after the Opium Wars and the Sino-Japanese War during the nineteenth century fostered resentment toward foreign capitalists in the decades that followed. Chinese leaders began instituting reforms aimed at liberalizing the domestic investment market as part of a broader program of ‘opening up’ the economy toward the late 1970s. By then, attitudes toward foreign investment had begun to warm amid growing demands for economic modernization. Foreign investment – and the promise of new technology, managerial skills, and access to foreign markets – came to be seen as a necessary means to modernize industrial sectors where productivity lagged. Even then, FDI was restricted to special economic zones near urban centers where foreign investors received preferential terms, including tax incentives, export duty exemptions, and fiscal and foreign exchange privileges.Footnote 22

The Chinese government began moving away from its ‘permissive’ approach toward an active program of FDI attraction in the mid-1980s. Further reforms were introduced in the 1990s, including the 1995 Interim Provisions on Guiding Foreign Investment and the Catalogue for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industries, which aimed to attract FDI into favored sectors while protecting sensitive industry like banking, cultural industries, and telecommunications. China’s 10th Five-Year Plan marked an important departure. Launched in 2001, the Plan committed to encouraging national firms to go overseas.Footnote 23 Following the Plan, the Chinese government relaxed approval processes for overseas investment and established minor financial and diplomatic support to would-be investors. However, OFDI remained low and concentrated in a limited number of sectors. In 2012, China switched from a policy of ‘going in’ to a policy of ‘going out’, involving the more active promotion of Chinese FDI abroad. This policy was epitomized in the 2013 launch of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).Footnote 24

The shift in Chinese foreign investment policy was for the most part a state-led initiative. In a one-party state, private enterprise lacked effective channels of influence in policymaking circles. Chinese OFDI was also dominated by a relatively small number of state-owned enterprises administered by the Central Government’s ministries and agencies (anywhere between 73.5 and 86.4 percent of OFDI between 2003 and 2006). The remaining share of FDI flows and stocks were made by SOEs administered by regional governments. The private firms’ share of FDI was minimal: In 2005, private firms accounted for 1.5 percent of OFDI, and by the end of 2006, just 1 percent.Footnote 25

According to Cheng and Ma,Footnote 26 the Chinese government’s interest in promoting OFDI grew as a result of competitive pressures, such as the desire to secure key natural resources and technologies to feed its internal development. OFDI was directed toward sectors like agriculture, cattle breeding, fisheries, mining, manufacturing, and service industries. China’s 11th Five-Year Plan (2006–2010) emphasized the need to secure the domestic energy supply by tapping foreign sources. OFDI in oil, gas, and other forms of energy helped feed China’s massive growth rates. There was also a growing awareness that Chinese firms needed to compete in the global arena as foreign firms expanded their presence in China. As such, China sought to promote the multinationalization of select enterprises. But as BrownFootnote 27 observes, China also needed to find a new way of spending its massive foreign exchange reserves. By the mid-2000s, China had amassed over a trillion dollars in foreign reserves due largely to the country’s trade deficit with advanced economies like the United Kingdom and the United States. Outward investment provided higher returns than purchasing additional United States’ debt and helped alleviate excess liquidity in the Chinese economy.

Promoting OFDI also fit into China’s non-material concerns. China’s international reputation suffered after the June 4 incident. International concern over the country’s human rights record remained high throughout the 1990s. As a result, the Chinese government undertook a rebranding exercise aimed at replenishing its soft power. Pledging investment and aid to developing countries was a means of improving China’s image. And more developing countries came to view China as a positive role model for how a country could transform and modernize its economy through state intervention.Footnote 28 Over time, the Chinese Communist Party also came to depend increasingly on the promise of economic progress and poverty alleviation for its political appeal at home.

Changing ideas about the role of foreign investment, global economic competition, and the search for soft power at home and abroad help explain the country’s burgeoning interests in exporting capital. Yet, China’s capital-exporting status does not fully explain why the Chinese government pursued investment facilitation measures at the WTO instead of bilateral and regional arrangements, which are easier to negotiate and where it arguably has greater bargaining power.

Understanding China’s interest in investment facilitation requires understanding its own experience in resolving bureaucratic hurdles needed to achieve its investment policy objectives. Indeed, Chinese investors did not respond automatically to government incentives aimed at promoting OFDI. Administrative barriers dampened OFDI flows until investment facilitation measures were introduced. In the 1980s and 1990s, Chinese investors were required to obtain approval from the Central Government before undertaking an investment project. The regulation of OFDI was further dispersed across various government agencies with limited administrative capacity. According to Yang and others,Footnote 29 many would-be investors found the approval process slow, complicated, and opaque. Beginning in 2009, the Chinese government began introducing measures aimed at simplifying the approval process (e.g., by delegating the power of approval to local departments). As a result, the pace of overseas investment began to increase.

The Chinese government overhauled its outward investment regime again in 2013 to coincide with the launch of the BRI. The administrative review process was further streamlined and loosened, and vertical and horizontal cooperation among regulatory agencies was enhanced.Footnote 30 Then in 2017, the National Development and Reform Commission launched the National Investment Project Online Approval and Supervision Platform with the aim of enhancing the efficiency and transparency of investment governance. This platform is akin to an SEW in that it provides a single access point for domestic and outbound investors to the investment approval and supervision process. As a result of these changes and other measures aimed at improving its business environment, China rose on the World Bank’s now defunct Ease of Doing Business Index from 90th place in 2008 to 32nd in 2019. China’s faith in investment facilitation measures may therefore reflect its own experience in tackling the bureaucratic obstacles needed to realize its capital-exporting status.

Efforts to multilateralize investment facilitation measures via the WTO reflect China’s increasing willingness to occupy center stage in the global arena. China’s confidence has grown in step with its economic clout. Chinese nationals have taken on leadership roles in several international institutions, including in UN agencies and the G20. Generally, China is not interested in restructuring or doing away with existing global economic institutions. The Chinese government has not offered new models of governance for global finance, trade, or investment. Rather, China has sought to repurpose Western laws and institutions so that they better suit the interests of new (i.e., developing country) actors and a wider array of political and economic models.Footnote 31

It follows that China has taken a more assertive role in defining the future of the WTO, largely by layering on top of existing trade rules those that better suit the needs and interests of non-Western countries. For the first fifteen years of its membership, China’s engagement within the WTO reflected a policy of ‘active learning’ aimed at building its capacity to navigate extant rules and structures. Much has changed in the last half decade. China has played an important role in several new joint statement initiatives, including investment facilitation and e-commerce. These initiatives have been framed as part of an effort to share the lessons of China’s own economic success, which includes investment facilitation. China’s permanent representative and Ambassador to the WTO Zhang XiangchenFootnote 32 explained this goal best when he stated, ‘China needs to make greater contributions and add Chinese wisdom to global trade liberalization and investment facilitation, as well as help create an in-time reform of the multilateral trade system’. The Chinese government learned from its own experience the added value of investment facilitation and now aims to export these lessons as part of a ‘win–win’ strategy.

It should also be noted that China continues to negotiate standard investment protections in bilateral and regional arrangements, including the Regional Cooperation and Economic Partnership agreement concluded in 2020. China now belongs to the second-highest number of investment treaties out of any country in the world (next to Germany). And until recently, China was a rule-taker, not a rule-maker in treaty negotiations. However, China has become more assertive in treaty negotiations. According to Levine,Footnote 33 Chinese drafters demonstrate a desire to experiment with novel formulations that expand or narrow investment protections according to China’s own interests, and recent treaties suggest that it has been successful. However, consolidating investment protections in the WTO is all but unfeasible, given the historic resistance of developing countries to these standards and the current legitimacy crisis engulfing BITs.

Championing investment facilitation measures is also more consistent with China’s foreign policy principles of nonintervention and mutual gain. As advocates argue, investment facilitation measures are less constraining on the policy space of signatory governments and therefore offer greater flexibility to governments across different political and economic systems. Investment facilitation measures are also less threatening to host-countries with lingering concerns over Chinese OFDI. The majority of China’s OFDI continues to be made by firms that have a close relationship with various levels of government, and most overseas investment by private firms continues to require government approval. Some countries have responded to the growth of Chinese investment with national security concerns as a result and have imposed new restrictions on Chinese investment. For instance, EU and the United States governments tightened the screening of Chinese investments amid concern that they might compromise national security.

Historically, China’s foreign investment policy reflected its state interventionist tradition as well as the more traditional concerns of capital-importing countries. But by the end of 2012, China moved toward a strategy of ‘going out’, combining a more concerted effort to promote the internationalization of Chinese firms with a growing role on the world stage. China aims not to revise existing trade rules but to layer on top of them rules that are more inclusive and that better fit the perceived interests of Global South members. However, as discussed in the next section, China’s efforts in layering may be hindered by the rather unstable foundations provided by the defunct Doha Development Agenda.

6.3.2 India

India was an early and vocal critic of the IFD Agreement. While some signs suggest its position has warmed, India’s signature is absent from joint statement issued in favor of the IFD Agreement in December 2021. That is not to say that India opposes international rules on investment facilitation. India has signed a host of bilateral arrangements that include investment facilitation measures, including an Investment Cooperation and Facilitation Treaty with Brazil in January 2020. Rather, India’s objections fall squarely on the inclusion of investment facilitation measures under the WTO. The Indian government frames its opposition with reference to two main points: First, Indian officials believe that no new issues should be added to the WTO agenda before the Doha Development Agenda is completed, and second, Indian officials are concerned that investment facilitation rules would constrain domestic policy space. This section details the domestic and international pressures that inform these concerns.

India has been a vocal proponent of developing country interests within the WTO since the organization’s foundation in 1995. The Indian government strongly contests asymmetries in existing trade rules, particularly in the Agreement on Agriculture. As leader of the G33 coalition of developing countries, India has pressed for protections in agriculture that would promote food security, rural livelihoods, and rural development. India’s habit of pushing back against the demands of advanced economies reflects the country’s colonial past and the historic predominance of import substitution industrialization as a policy paradigm, which began under the Nehru government (1947–1964) shortly after the country’s independence from Britain. Despite its pro-business rhetoric, the government of Narendra Modi and the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) (2014–present) has pursued what Elizabeth ChatterjeeFootnote 34 calls a new developmentalist strategy combining liberalization (and the promotion of favored private industry) with the maintenance of selective intervention. Reflecting this strategy, the Modi government has sought to navigate the global trade regime and promote the growth of externally oriented business while maintaining room for India’s new developmental state. This time, however, India’s concern for policy space pits it against other developing countries.

Somewhat ironically, discussions on an IFD Agreement were in part inspired by a 2016 proposal from the Indian government to discuss a Trade Facilitation in Services Agreement, which included measures to facilitate the commercial presence of foreign services providers. Yet, India’s interests in multilateral investment rules are limited to services firms. FDI remains heavily politicized, particularly in light of recent public backlash against ISDS cases. India faced a wave of investment arbitration claims beginning in 2010, which brought public scrutiny to its investment treaty commitments. The Indian government launched a review of its BIT program, which resulted in the introduction of a new treaty model in 2015. The new model is aimed at better preserving the policy space and excludes provisions, which were the subject of controversy in ISDS cases. For instance, the model excludes the most-favored nation (MFN) clause likely as a result of India’s experience in the White Industries case, in which the MFN clause was evoked to import provisions from another Indian BIT.Footnote 35

The Indian government has also faced pressure from civil society and academics who oppose the agreement. They argue that the IFD Agreement may constrain the policy space, regardless of the purported technical nature of the agreement. Nedumpara and ChandyFootnote 36 observe that even seemingly innocuous requirements, for example, that the processing of investment applications be ‘objective’, can generate challenges for host-state policy, given that parties may disagree about what defines a policy’s objectivity. Others have claimed that the IFD Agreement is not well suited to the Indian context. Singh,Footnote 37 for instance, observes that in India – as in other heavily federalized countries – the administrative impediments experienced by foreign investors often occur at the local levels where authority over the vetting and management of investment projects has been devolved. Resolving these impediments, he argues, requires a ‘bottom–up’ approach that begins with local authorities. Such an approach would ensure local buy-in and democratic accountability while preserving countries’ ‘freedom to choose policy instruments that conform to the institutional architecture of the country concerned.’Footnote 38

Critics also express concern over the potential adjustment costs associated with placing the IFD Agreement into force. Instituting an SEW can be a costly undertaking, given the human resources and capital needed to create and maintain a highly complex electronic platform. They have further noted that many economies that now lead FDI attraction did not have to cope with the costs of meeting high transparency standards at earlier stages of their own development and may have benefited from a lack of transparency in their investment market. Investment facilitation measures may not attract significantly high FDI inflows to justify the adjustment costs, given that FDI is determined by other factors (e.g., the size of domestic markets, the quality of infrastructure, labor costs, trade openness, taxation policy, and the political environment).Footnote 39 Civil society concerns over policy space and adjustment costs likely resonate with government officials because they feed into traditional concerns about asymmetry in the multilateral trading system.

To be sure, proponents of the IFD Agreement have attempted to address concerns over the policy space by incorporating into the Easter text language, which makes clear the exclusion of issues related to market access and the treatment of foreign investors from the treaty coverage. For instance, proposed wording in provision 3.2 of the Easter Text explicitly states that ‘This Agreement shall not serve as a means to interpret any provisions of an International Investment Agreement of a member, and shall not be used as the basis for a claim or in any way by a claimant under the procedures for the resolution of investment disputes between investors and states provided for in an International Investment Agreement.’ Wording in the preamble proposed by Brazil also recognizes members’ commitment to promoting sustainable development, including social development, environmental protection, and the welfare of present and future generations. Members have also proposed language around SDT and potentially home-country and investor obligations to create more balance in the commitments made by stakeholders. So far, these reassurances have not brought sceptics like India to the negotiating table.

India’s desire to revitalize the Doha Development Agenda may pose a more existential threat to the IFD Agreement. India has been especially concerned with advancing negotiations on agriculture, which reflects the continued centrality of agriculture to the Indian economy. Namely, the Indian government hopes to secure new flexibilities that would help protect agricultural workers from import competition and alleviate food insecurity. Along with other G33 members, India has pressed for a special products exemption that would allow developing countries to shield some products from tariff cuts as well as a special safeguard mechanism that would enable governments to raise tariffs in response to an import surge. As Kristen HopewellFootnote 40 explains, two-thirds of India’s population depends on the sector, most of whom are poor, subsistence producers. Agriculture is also India’s most politically sensitive sector as agricultural workers tend to be highly mobilized. Given their vulnerability to trade liberalization, agricultural workers tend to oppose further market opening and may only support further trade liberalization if these flexibilities are secured.

India is also concerned with securing a permanent solution to the public stockholding for food security and domestic subsidies – issues that were central to agricultural talks during the Doha rounds. India has struggled with food insecurity due to persistent poverty rates and drought. Under existing rules, a WTO member’s food subsidies should not exceed 10 percent of the value of its agricultural production. India’s food security programs, which provide subsidized food to over 800 million people, risk breaching this cap over time. The Indian government has sought a revision to these rules that would protect its food security programs from legal challenge. In December 2013, WTO members at the Bali ministerial meeting agreed to the Peace Clause, under which members agreed to refrain from challenging a breach in the prescribed cap committed by a developing country. They further committed to revisiting discussions with the aim of arriving at a more permanent solution during the 11th ministerial conference (“India to pitch for permanent solution for food security at the WTO”, 2021). However, public stockholding was left off the 12th ministerial conference agenda in June 2022.

Finalizing trade rules on agriculture and manufacturing is also essential to advancing discussions on trade in services, an area of strategic interest to India’s long-term economic goals. As HopewellFootnote 41 explains, India seeks to be a global leader in services, particularly given China’s dominance of the global manufacturing sector. In the last two decades, India’s services exports have grown faster than those of any other country in the world, and India seeks rules that would secure its leadership while helping it to expand into higher value-added service activities. However, influential member countries made it clear that only once terms were agreed on trade in goods could the WTO’s negotiating agenda turn to services.

Concluding the Doha Development Round is therefore essential to several of India’s short- and long-term political and economic interests. India sees the introduction of new issue areas on the WTO negotiating agenda as detracting from this goal. India, South Africa, and other developing countries have opposed several joint statement initiatives on this basis. At the December 2020 General Council meeting, India, Cuba, and the African Group presented a communique entitled Strengthening the WTO to Promote Development and Inclusivity (the Communique), which reminded members that they accepted the responsibility of addressing asymmetries in existing trade rules in 2001 as a pillar of the Doha Development Agenda. The Communique also stated that ‘the slate of new rules proposed by some country members, while essential elements of the Doha Development agenda went unaddressed, was moving the WTO away from the principles enshrined in the Marrakesh Agreement’, which gave the WTO an explicit developmental purpose. India continues to push back against the introduction of new agenda items and has been successful in generating support among like-minded countries. This may ultimately limit proponents’ efforts at multilateralizing the IFD Agreement.

It should be noted that India’s hesitation to negotiate new trade rules has been exacerbated by rising tensions with China, which many perceive to be a leader of the IFD initiative. India pulled out of the China-backed RCEP agreement after a standoff at the Sino-Indian border, citing concerns over the import of cheap Chinese goods. India’s opposition to the IFD Agreement reflects a lingering concern for policy space, interest group pressure (for a return to the Doha Development Agenda), and geopolitical interests. Only some of these concerns may be accommodated within the context of the IFD Agreement negotiations.

6.3.3 Brazil

Like China, Brazil was an early and eager advocate of the IFD Agreement. The Brazilian government was the first to submit a full draft agreement, which it did just months after the initial Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development was released. The purported aim of Brazil’s draft was to illustrate what a potential agreement could look like and to provide a base for further discussion. As a member of FIFD, Brazil also took part in informal discussions on the agreement and helped convene high-level meetings on investment facilitation to build support among WTO members. However, Brazil’s position differs from that of China in that it reflects a stronger mix of defensive interests. This section discusses the domestic and international pressures that inform Brazil’s interests in the IFD Agreement.

Brazil has also been a staunch defender of developing country interests at the WTO. Brazil resisted United States’ efforts to place investment on the WTO’s negotiating agenda during the Doha Development Round over concerns that it would secure the United States’ economic advantage and constrain Brazilian policy space. While Brazil is one of the largest sources of FDI in Latin America, it is overall a net importer of capital. And like India, Brazil continues to press strongly for fairer and more balanced trade rules, including rules that would end ‘agricultural trade-distorting domestic support entitlements’.Footnote 42 Brazil has therefore shared many of the concerns of its emerging economy counterparts.

Unlike China and India, Brazil stands out in the global politics of investment as one of few countries never to have ratified a BIT. Brazil joined other developing countries in the rush to signing BITs during the 1990s as part of a more general program of economic restructuring. Yet, the government fell short of ratifying the agreements due to congressional opposition. Legislators opposed the agreements over fears they would constrain policy space and the possibility that they would disadvantage national investors. Concern for equality between national and foreign investors has dominated debates on foreign investment protections since the introduction of the Calvo Doctrine. And Brazil has been a strong objector of ISDS dating back to the negotiations that led to the establishment of the International Centre for the Settlement of Investment Disputes in the 1960s. FDI inflows accelerated throughout the late 1990s and early 2000s, regardless of the fact that the BITs were not in force (see Figures 6.3 and 6.4). This confirmed for many political elites that BITs were not necessary to securing Brazil’s advantage in attracting FDI.Footnote 43

Figure 6.3 Brazilian FDI flows, 1995–2020 (US$ billion).

Source: Own compilation based on data from UNCTADStat, ‘Foreign Direct Investment: Inward and Outward Flows and Stock, annual’, online at: https://unctadstat.unctad.org/wds/TableViewer/tableView.aspx (accessed 13 June 2023).

Figure 6.4 Brazil FDI stocks, 1995–2020 (US$ billion).

Source: Own compilation based on data from UNCTADStat, ‘Foreign Direct Investment: Inward and Outward Flows and Stock, annual’, online at: https://unctadstat.unctad.org/wds/TableViewer/tableView.aspx (accessed 13 June 2023).

An important change in Brazil’s stance on international investment rules occurred in 2015 when the Brazilian government under Dilma Rousseff (2011–2016) launched a treaty-making program. In its first year, the program saw Co-operation and Facilitation Investment Agreements (ACFIs) signed with Mozambique, Angola, Malawi, Colombia, and Chile. Unlike BITs, Brazil’s ACFIs excluded standard investment protections (e.g., on fair and equitable treatment and indirect expropriation) and ISDS in favor of provisions aimed at encouraging cooperation between contracting parties, the establishment of institutions that foster communication between investors and host-governments (i.e., national focal points), and the implementation of dispute prevention mechanisms. They also referenced corporate social responsibility and provided for state-to-state dispute settlement in lieu of ISDS.

Several factors appear to have driven Brazil’s ACFI program. For one, Brazil’s business interests became increasingly transnational. Following a brief but severe economic crisis in 2000, Brazil saw a massive expansion of its agricultural and natural resource industries. As a result, Brazil became a significant exporter of FDI, particularly to Latin America, Africa, and other emerging economies.Footnote 44 Unlike in China where the expansion of OFDI was state-led, in Brazil, growth in OFDI correlated strongly with cycles of inward FDI. Tomio and AmalFootnote 45 argue that inward FDI contributed to a learning process whereby Brazilian companies were encouraged to engage more in the global economy. In the 2010s, Brazilian investors began pushing the government to seek rules that would ease their outward investment.

According to Moraes and Cavalcante,Footnote 46 most investors did not press for BIT-like investment protections, but instead sought a framework that would help them ease their entry and operations in investment markets, such as navigating bureaucracies and licensing requirements. This reflects the widespread acceptance of the equal treatment principle: Brazilian firms for the most part accepted the idea that foreign investors would be given the same legal rights as domestic firms. The result was that the ACFI preserved the principle of equal treatment and excluded issues of market access and investment protection. A third likely factor behind Brazil’s ACFI program was the conclusion of the TFA in 2013. Maggetti and MoraesFootnote 47 argue that Brazilian drafters were inspired by the idea that international treaties could be used to promote the facilitation of trade and investment as opposed to locking in rules with little flexibility. They took this idea forward into domestic policy debates.

According to some scholars, Brazil’s ACFI program has made it a ‘norm entrepreneur’ in investment treaty law.Footnote 48 As one of the first countries to integrate investment facilitation measures into bilateral treaties and FTAs, Brazil demonstrated that a viable means of attracting FDI exists outside of the traditional BIT model. Indeed, Brazilian ACFIs demonstrate that governments can promote a better business environment while better preserving government policy space. Brazil has since concluded ACFIs as a stand-alone agreement or as chapters in FTAs with much of South America (excluding Bolivia and Venezuela) and with African countries (namely, Angola, Mozambique, Malawi, Ethiopia, and Morocco). It also successfully used its ACFI model to influence the design of the 2017 Intra-Mercosur Protocol on Investment Cooperation and Facilitation, suggesting that its entrepreneurial aims were not confined to bilateral arrangements.

Brazil’s launch of its own treaty-making program aimed at securing investment facilitation measures makes it a natural champion of the IFD initiative. The IFD Agreement provides Brazil the opportunity to elevate domestic norms from the bilateral and regional levels to the pluri- and multilateral levels. This would explain Brazil’s early delivery of its draft for an IFD Agreement, which was influenced heavily by its ACFI model. Like ACFIs, Brazil’s draft agreement provides for cooperation across national focal points, establishes an SEW, and promotes the principle of corporate social responsibility.Footnote 49 Brazilian support for the IFD Agreement therefore fits into a broader effort to influence the future direction of international investment law.

Another explanation for Brazil’s support of the IFD Agreement is that it helps demonstrate to the international community the government’s commitment to the liberal trading order. Dilma Rousseff was replaced by Michel Temer as interim president in 2015 following a corruption scandal that gripped national and international headlines. The same year, Brazil’s economy began to contract, with GDP growth declining to −3.5 and −3.3 percent in 2015 and 2016, respectively. The combination of a sensational corruption scandal and renewed economic crisis proved fertile ground for the rise of Jair Bolsonaro, a right-wing populist figure who espouses a commitment to economic and political freedom. The Bolsonaro government has used the WTO as a platform on which to build his government’s reputation as a champion of the liberal international trading system. At the 2019 WTO informal ministerial gathering in Davos, Brazil’s Minister of Foreign Affairs Ernesto Araújo (2019) reiterated the government’s commitment to instituting ‘long overdue reforms, to reduce costs, to deregulate, to facilitate business and entrepreneurship and to open up [Brazil’s] economy’. Araújo also expressed a desire to reinvigorate the negotiating arm of the WTO, stating that ‘Brazil is prepared to discuss any agenda or matter whatsoever … Brazil will be ambitious on all negotiation fronts, from investment facilitation to electronic commerce’. Araújo was also careful to highlight Brazil’s openness to new SDT rules.

It should also be noted that Brazil stands to benefit from the informational and material resources the IDF Agreement could help mobilize. Unlike other emerging powers who have seen steady improvements in their domestic business environment, Brazil continues to struggle with addressing the bureaucratic hurdles faced by foreign investors and domestic business. In 2019, Brazil was ranked 124th on the World Bank’s Ease of Doing Business Index.

Brazil’s support for the IFD therefore reflects defensive interests, including a preference for more flexible investment facilitation arrangements in lieu of more constraining investment protections. Brazil also shares a desire to address historic asymmetries in trade rules with India. However, Brazil is willing to forgo its desire to revisit old trade rules in the context of the IFD initiative as a means of reassuring WTO members of its support for the liberal trading order, at least under the current government. Political leadership and the desire to spread Brazilian norms on foreign investment governance help explain Brazil’s eagerness to lead the IFD Agreement.

6.4 Conclusion

Much has changed in the global politics of investment in the last decade. The North–South dichotomies, which once dominated debates over investment rules and FDI attraction, no longer have the force they once did. Shifting patterns of investment mean that countries that were once the hosts of considerable FDI are now important home-states for MNEs, and home-states are now having to think more carefully about their interests as hosts. This has created an unprecedented opportunity for compassion and dialogue across countries that previously had little in common, at least in terms of the challenges they faced in governing foreign investment. Consensus appears to be growing around the need for open, transparent, and efficient administration of foreign investment projects as a result.

Controversies surrounding BITs and ISDS have also created demand for a rethinking of investment rules. Civil society groups, academics, and governments are raising important questions about what commitments governments should make to foreign investors and how they can preserve the policy space to tackle long-standing and escalating policy problems such as poverty and climate change. These discussions have created political opportunities for the development of a forward-thinking and inclusive rule book on investment that effectively promotes sustainable development.

The IFD Agreement provides a promising start, but lingering concerns about the policy space, adjustment costs, and inequality in the trading system will need to be resolved likely before progress is made. Some of these issues may need to be resolved outside of the IFD Agreement. However, drafters of the IFD Agreement also have an unprecedented opportunity to demonstrate country commitments to a fair and balanced set of rules as they consider provisions on home-country obligations, funding models, capacity building programs, and corporate social responsibility. Demonstrating this commitment will be essential in getting holdout countries on board and moving the agreement past legislators where concern for equality in domestic investment markets has dominated policy debates. Acknowledging that foreign investors and home-states bear responsibility in ensuring open, transparent, and sustainable investment practices in host-governments and communities may be an important step forward.

The IFD Agreement may succeed as a plurilateral arrangement, but plurilateralism is far from ideal, particularly if it excludes key power brokers like India and the United States, the latter of which could ultimately play an important role in any funding arrangement and capacity building programs. But multilateralizing the IFD Agreement likely requires that WTO members come to terms with the more fundamental debates about the WTO’s future role in trade and investment governance. In the least, this might require moving past the stalemate which has crippled the dispute settlement mechanism, and at most, it will require rejuvenating the Doha Development Agenda as a means to finally resolve profound asymmetries in the global trade rules. The IFD Agreement provides a promising route for the promotion of foreign investment and sustainable development, but the trickiest and perhaps most important hurdles have yet to come.

7 Facilitation of Foreign Direct Investment through International Economic Law Contribution to the Right to Development and SDGs

Ole Kristian Fauchald
7.1 Introduction

How can facilitation of foreign direct investment (FDI) through the World Trade Organization (WTO) contribute to fulfill the right to development (RtD) and realize relevant United Nation Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)? We shall consider this question by focusing on the current and future roles of international trade law in promoting the transboundary flows of investment. Currently, the WTO Agreement contains important multilateral rules that directly open up markets for transboundary flows of FDI. These include rules on trade in services, in particular commitments concerning commercial presence in the context of market access and national treatment. In addition, the WTO Agreement includes commitments that more indirectly facilitate transboundary flows of FDI, a prominent example related to trade in goods being the Agreement on Trade-Related Investment Measures. One purpose of this chapter is to look closer at how new initiatives regarding investment facilitation interact with these existing mechanisms of the WTO in terms of facilitating FDI in light of the RtD and SDGs.

Rules that open countries to FDI inflows are a fairly new postcolonial phenomenon in international law, going back three to four decades. In addition to the WTO initiatives, regional and bilateral free trade agreements as well as some bilateral and multilateral investment agreements have included provisions with the purpose of facilitating flows of FDI among treaty parties. On a slightly longer timescale, the World Bank has played an operational role in terms of facilitating FDI through the promotion of investment legislation and funding of specific projects.

Any investigation of the potential consequences of new initiatives on investment facilitation in the WTO must be based on an analysis of these existing regimes. The key questions are as follows:

  1. (1) In what ways and to what extent will the WTO Investment Facilitation for Development (IFD) Agreement facilitate flows of FDI among countries with the highest need of increased volumes of FDI?

  2. (2) Based on an assessment of the regulatory consequences of the proposed investment facilitation measures, can we expect them to contribute to sustainable development?

  3. (3) Which reforms to current proposals could increase their contribution to sustainable development?

Against this background, this chapter shall first explore the concept of FDI and the links between FDI, RtD, and SDGs (Section 7.2). Thereafter follow an overview of the current WTO regime for the promotion of FDI (Section 7.3) and a brief discussion of promoting FDI through international investment agreements and investment legislation (Section 7.4). The chapter will conclude by discussing whether and how proposals for a new investment facilitation framework within the WTO can contribute to the RtD and SDGs (Section 7.5).

7.2 The Relationship between FDI and Sustainable Development
7.2.1 The Concept of Foreign Direct Investment

At the core of the FDI concept are investment projects that involve all of the following four elements: contributions of assets or money originating from abroad, a certain duration of the project, an element of risk, and contribution to economic development in the host country.Footnote 1

Whether and to what extent the four elements must be fulfilled in order for an investment to qualify as FDI are context dependent and remain contested in many situations. One example is the distinction that is frequently drawn between “direct” investment and “portfolio” investment. Short-term portfolio investment would not qualify according to the four criteria. Nevertheless, it is clear that such investment is covered by many treaties that protect and/or promote FDI.

FDI may cover investment from a broad range of investors, including public investors and intergovernmental institutions, for example, state-owned enterprises, sovereign wealth funds, and international financial institutions. We shall focus on FDI originating from private parties – individuals and corporations – as well as from state-owned enterprises and sovereign wealth funds. Financial contributions to fund projects where public authorities or private entities of the host country become or are intended to become owners are not considered. The same applies to official development assistance or other forms of public or private aid,Footnote 2 as well as projects funded through loans to governments from multilateral financial institutions such as the World Bank.

7.2.2 Sustainable Development

There is a long-standing claim and ambition in international investment law that treaties and customary law contribute to economic development in countries hosting investment. However, this claim remains controversial and is hotly debated among academics.Footnote 3 Our focus shall be on the concept of sustainable development, including intergenerational perspectives as well as social, economic, and environmental development.Footnote 4

The link between FDI and sustainable development has been subject to significant attention since the Brundtland Commission brought the concept onto the political agenda in 1987.Footnote 5 During the first period after the “Washington Consensus,” that is, during the late 1980s and the 1990s, it was argued that a basic distinction could be drawn between (1) FDI in manufacturing and assembly, which would most likely be beneficial, and (2) FDI in natural resources and infrastructure, which would most likely be harmful.Footnote 6 In more recent years, consensus seems to emerge that the relationship between FDI and sustainable development is more complex and context dependent. UNCTAD has taken the lead in establishing principles and guidelines for countries, intergovernmental organizations, and stakeholders. A separate chapter on an “investment policy framework for sustainable development” was included in its 2012 World Investment Report (chapter IV), and further elaborated in UNCTAD’s “Investment Policy Framework for Sustainable Development” (2015). Of particular interest are the 10 Core Principles for Investment Policy-Making elaborated by the UNCTAD Secretariat. Their starting point is the overarching objective to promote investment for inclusive growth and sustainable development. While these principles build on UNCTAD’s decades of experience with providing investment policy advice to developing countries, countries have only endorsed them implicitly or ad hoc.

In 2015, as the deadline for fulfilling the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) expired, the United Nations General Assembly adopted the SDGs to be achieved by 2030.Footnote 7 While the MDGs did not specifically address FDI,Footnote 8 some of the targets of the SDGs are highly relevant. Target 17.5 calls for the adoption and implementation of investment promotion regimes for least developed countries (LDCs). Moreover, other targets concern the use of foreign investment as a means to end poverty and hunger; achieve food security and improved nutrition; promote sustainable agriculture; ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable, and modern energy; and reduce inequality within and among countries.Footnote 9 Among the countries identified as being of particular concern are “least developed countries, African countries, small island developing States and landlocked developing countries.”Footnote 10 Particular attention should also be paid to “countries in situations of conflict and post-conflict countries.”Footnote 11 While the Declaration mentions the potential role of multinational enterprises,Footnote 12 it generally pays very limited attention to their potential to contribute FDI. There is some mention of the role of FDI in indicators established to monitor the achievement of the SDGs.Footnote 13 In essence, the targets and indicators emphasize the positive role that FDI may play and do not address the potential need to limit negative effects of FDI.

Of particular relevance to the implementation of the SDGs, the Third International Conference on Financing for Development adopted the Addis Ababa Action Agenda, which was subsequently endorsed by the UN General Assembly.Footnote 14 The Agenda points out important challenges regarding FDI: “Foreign direct investment is concentrated in a few sectors in many developing countries and often bypasses countries most in need, and international capital flows are often short-term oriented.” It moves on to clarify that foreign investors’ host and home countries as well as the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency have important tasks in ensuring that FDI contributes positively to sustainable development in a broader range of developing countries.Footnote 15

7.2.3 The Right to Development

The Declaration on the Right to Development addresses some issues of relevance to FDI. It underlines the right of peoples to exercise “full sovereignty over all their natural wealth and resources” (art. 1.2) and establishes that states shall ensure “equality of opportunity for all in their access to basic resources, education, health services, food, housing, employment and the fair distribution of income” (art. 8.2).Footnote 16 These are normative expectations regarding states’ regulation of the activities of foreign investors and set a framework for foreign investors’ legitimate expectations.

Recent initiatives to elaborate approaches to the RtD also contain statements regarding the relationship to FDI. In 2010, the High-Level Task Force on the Implementation of the Right to Development set out criteria and indicators to implement the RtD. These emphasize the need to secure stability of investment in order to reduce the risks of domestic financial crises, to ensure that trade rules regarding performance requirements and protection of intellectual property rights do not prevent developing countries from enjoying the benefits of science and technology, and to provide for fair sharing of the burdens of development by compensating for negative impacts of development investment and policies.Footnote 17 These three elements are of particular interest to the topics discussed in this chapter. However, the criteria and indicators exposed significant disagreement among states when considered by the Working Group on the Right to Development. The Working Group has so far (including its 20th session) been unable to conclude the process to revise the criteria.Footnote 18 There is disagreement regarding the status of the criteria, the relative roles of states, international institutions and private actors in taking measures to realize the RtD, and the substantive content of the criteria, including the elements mentioned earlier.

The Human Rights Council launched an alternative approach to the challenge of progressing in the implementation of the RtD in September 2018. A divided Council decided to request the Working Group to “commence the discussion to elaborate a draft legally binding instrument on the right to development through a collaborative process of engagement, including on the content and scope of the future instrument.”Footnote 19 A first draft instrument set out several provisions addressing the duties of foreign investors, international institutions, and investors’ home states relating to the RtD.Footnote 20

7.2.4 Concluding Remarks

The evolving consensus among countries on goals for (sustainable) development stands in contrast to the significant disagreement among countries on how to approach the RtD. The diverging approaches to FDI may possibly be one explanatory factor for why progressing with the RtD has divided countries, while the MDGs and SDGs have gathered consensus. In light of the lack of consensus among countries on how to proceed with criteria for the RtD, countries are likely to have diverging opinions on UNCTAD’s Core Principles for Investment Policy-Making. There is need for further clarification of the relationship between rules and institutions involved in the rights and duties of foreign investors as well as their host and home countries. Such clarification may facilitate progress in identifying the contexts in which the relationship between the SDGs, the RtD, and FDI is synergistic or conflictual. A key question in the following is how the existing WTO agreements and investment law, both international and domestic, affect the policy space for developing countries to take measures to fulfill the RtD and achieve SDGs.Footnote 21

7.3 The WTO and Flows of FDI
7.3.1 Investment and Trade in Services

There are multiple links between FDI and trade in goods and services. The most direct link is where FDI is a condition for trade to occur. In many service sectors, delivery is to varying degrees dependent on some form of commercial presence, in other words FDI, in the importing country. This includes services in SDG-relevant sectors such as health, education, water and sanitation, energy, and construction and engineering.

Most of the LDCs (35 of 46) are members of the WTO.Footnote 22 In general, these have undertaken few commitments in SDG-relevant services sectors. However, there is significant variation among LDCs in this regard (see Table 7.1). Some LDCs have committed to provide market access and national treatment for commercial presence in SDG-relevant sectors (see arts. XVI and XVII of GATS). A significant majority of these have accepted broad commitments, that is, not listed limitations in their schedules of commitment, for example, in terms of access to public funding or share of foreign ownership. Afghanistan, Cambodia, and Laos are examples of LDCs with extensive commitments. The commitments made by LDCs mean that they have opened the sectors to FDI and limited their ability to take restrictive policy measures controlling foreign services providers.

Table 7.1 LDCs–Commercial presence commitments in selected SDG-relevant services sectors

Main services sectorSubsectorNo. of LDCs w/commitments

No. of LDCs

w/limitations

Health servicesHospital services124
Other health services61
Education servicesPrimary education62
Secondary education52
Higher education94
Environmental servicesSanitation and similar services122
Sewage services112
Business servicesEnergy distribution31
Construction and engineeringBuildings131
Civil engineering142
Source: Data gathered from the WTO Services Database, http://i-tip.wto.org/services/Search.aspx (March 2019).

Other important links between trade in services and FDI, which to a larger extent overlap with the IFD Agreement, include art. VI of GATS on domestic regulations. The significant resistance among WTO members in terms of moving forward with negotiations on detailed disciplines on domestic regulations, both in the context of sector-specific and general negotiations,Footnote 23 is indicative of the sensitivity of these issues in terms of countries’ policy space. Since the negotiations essentially failed in 2011, development issues have been prominent on the agenda of the Working Party on Domestic Regulations.Footnote 24

In recent years, some members have chosen to negotiate a “Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation.” These negotiations have resulted in agreement among sixty-seven WTO members to amend their services schedules of commitments to include specified disciplines, as well as an invitation to other members of the WTO to join the Declaration and undertake corresponding commitments.Footnote 25 The sixty-seven members include all EU and OECD members, but no LDCs or countries classified by the World Bank as low-income economies.Footnote 26 A comparison based on the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index of 2020 shows that a selection of nonparticipating members has markedly higher scores for the restrictiveness of regulations within their services (“tertiary”) sectors than participating members.Footnote 27 With a few noteworthy exceptions,Footnote 28 these characteristics of participating and nonparticipating WTO members support the hypothesis that concerns regarding regulatory space in sensitive sectors have been a main reason for the inability of WTO members to negotiate disciplines on domestic regulations within the WTO.

7.3.2 Trade-Related Investment Measures

In the field of trade in goods, the most significant rules in terms of investment can be found in the Agreement on Trade-Related Investment Measures (TRIMs). Such measures are frequently referred to as “performance requirements” or “local content requirements” and have often been used by countries as part of their development strategies.Footnote 29 The procedures to negotiate or impose performance requirements could be covered by both the TRIMs Agreement and the IFD Agreement. Article 2 of the TRIMs Agreement prohibits the use of such measures as a basis for quantitative restrictions on imports and discrimination between domestic and foreign products. The annex to the Agreement contains an illustrative list of measures that are unlawful, including requirements that enterprises buy “products of domestic origin or from any domestic source” and restrictions on enterprises’ use of imported products. As an acknowledgment that developing countries might need to resort to such measures as part of their development strategies, art. 4 of the Agreement allows such members to “deviate temporarily” from art. 2. Moreover, art. 5 provides a flexible transition period for developed (two years), developing (five years with a possibility of extension), and least developed members (seven years with a possibility of extension).

The flexibility applies only to measures that have been notified. If we take a look at notifications submitted according to art. 5.1 (i.e., the duty to notify measures “that are not in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement”), we find that currently, 28 WTO members have notified art. 5.1 measures, of which five (Bolivia, Chile, Cuba, Cyprus, and Poland) have notified that they no longer have relevant measures in force. Another five members (Honduras, Mauritius, Slovenia, Switzerland, and Zambia) are no longer on the list. Among the only LDCs that have made such notifications, Uganda remains on the list and Zambia is no longer listed. Many of the twenty-three countries that remain listed with measures that might be incompatible with the TRIMs Agreement can hardly be regarded as developing countries, and only two countries have joined the WTO after 2000.Footnote 30 This indicates that the implementation of the TRIMs Agreement has been of limited concern to developing countries.

One proxy for the effectiveness and impact of the TRIMs Agreement is the extent to which countries bring cases to the WTO Dispute Settlement Mechanism (DSM) in which they rely on the Agreement. Less than 5 percent of the cases formally registered with the WTO DSM mention the Agreement, and the number of cases has varied significantly and might seem to follow a downward trend (see Figure 7.1).

Figure 7.1 Number of cases invoking provisions of the TRIMs Agreement.

Source: Author, based on WTO, “Disputes by agreement (as cited in request for consultations),” online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/dispu_e/dispu_agreements_index_e.htm?id=A25#selected_agreement (last accessed 13 June 2023).

None of the cases were initiated by or against LDCs. Nevertheless, approximately two-thirds of the cases were initiated by countries with significantly higher levels of human developmentFootnote 31 than the respondents, and some of these concluded that violation of the TRIMs Agreement had occurred.Footnote 32 In contrast, some cases were initiated by countries with significantly lower levels of human development than respondent countries, but none of these resulted in any finding of such violation.Footnote 33 Moreover, a very significant number of cases (more than one-third of the total) has been initiated by WTO members with well-established automotive industries against members with such industries that are less well established.Footnote 34 Finally, a significant number of recent cases contest measures concerning renewable energy and recycling of materials.Footnote 35

In sum, the rules and practices under the TRIMs Agreement do not seem to have promoted development or developing country perspectives to any significant extent. While there is no definitive evidence that the TRIMs Agreement has limited the policy space of LDCs, we may nevertheless question whether practice under the Agreement indicates that it has restricted developing countries’ policy space. On the one hand, the practice associated with the notification of measures inconsistent with the TRIMs Agreement indicates significant flexibility with regard to its implementation, and thus that the Agreement is unlikely to have limited countries’ policy space to any significant degree. On the other hand, countries’ use of the DSM indicates that the Agreement might deter or undermine efforts to promote sustainable development.

7.3.3 Trade-Related Intellectual Property Rights

The WTO has become a significant factor to consider in the context of developing countries’ access to technology and know-how, a topic addressed by SDG targets 17.6 to 17.8. In particular, the Agreement on Trade-Related Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPs) contains detailed minimum requirements concerning protection of patents (arts. 27–34). Article 8 of the Agreement acknowledges the need to take measures to “protect the public interest in sectors of vital importance to their socio-economic and technological development” and to prevent the abuse of intellectual property rights in ways that “adversely affect the international transfer of technology.” However, it also states that such measures have to be in compliance with the requirements of the Agreement. The initial flexibilities during the transition period admitted to LDCs (art. 66, ten years with a possibility of extension) as well as developing countries and countries transforming to a “market, free-enterprise economy” (art. 65, four years with a limited possibility of extension) have expired for most members.

Making FDI conditional on transfer of technology and providing local producers with opportunities to learn from and copy foreign investors have traditionally played important roles in countries’ development strategies.Footnote 36 However, while the early years of the WTO saw a large number of disputes invoking the TRIPs Agreement, the number of such disputes seems to have stabilized at a low number (see Figure 7.2) and remains at less than 5 percent of the cases brought to the WTO DSM. This, taken together with the fact that no cases have involved LDCs, may indicate that restrictions on developing countries’ policy space flowing from the TRIPs Agreement have been limited in practice, but it could also be due to compliance of LDCs with their obligations under the Agreement.

Figure 7.2 Number of cases invoking provisions of the TRIPs Agreement.

Source: Author, based on WTO, “Disputes by agreement,” online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/dispu_e/dispu_agreements_index_e.htm?id=A26#selected_agreement (last accessed 13 June 2023).

While more than half of the DSM cases involve countries with similar levels of human development, two WTO members (the EU and the United States) have initiated twelve cases against countries with significantly lower levels of human development, of which a significant group of cases concerns patent protection in sensitive sectors such as pharmaceutical products and agricultural chemicals.Footnote 37 On the other hand, three main cases were initiated against WTO members with significantly higher levels of human development,Footnote 38 including against United States’ patent legislation, the EU seizure of generic drugs in transit, and the Australian tobacco plain packaging legislation. But none of these cases were successful.Footnote 39 The practice of the DSM indicates that this enforcement mechanism is more likely to promote the interest of countries with high levels of human development than the interests of countries with lower levels of such development. The DSM has so far been of very limited importance from the perspective of LDCs in the context of TRIPs.

Under the TRIPs Agreement, developing countries’ access to medicines has been particularly controversial. At the Ministerial Conference in Doha in 2001, WTO members agreed that the Agreement “does not and should not prevent members from taking measures to protect public health.” Of particular importance are statements regarding the interpretation of art. 31 (compulsory licenses) and art. 73 (security exceptions). The Declaration states that members have “the right to grant compulsory licenses and the freedom to determine the grounds upon which such licenses are granted” and “the right to determine what constitutes a national emergency or other circumstances of extreme urgency, it being understood that public health crises … can represent a national emergency or other circumstances of extreme urgency.”Footnote 40

However, this decision did not address the problem that many developing countries would be unable to benefit from compulsory licenses and emergency measures due to lack of technological ability. Therefore, in 2003, the WTO General Council adopted a waiver that allowed countries to export pharmaceutical products that had been subject to compulsory licensing.Footnote 41 Continuing discussions of this issue resulted in the addition of a provision allowing the exportation of pharmaceutical products that have been subject to compulsory licensing to LDCs and other countries having notified the WTO (TRIPs Agreement, art. 31 bis and annex).Footnote 42 The amendment was adopted in 2005 and did finally enter into force in 2017. By the end of 2021, as many as one-third of the WTO LDC members had not yet accepted the amendment.Footnote 43 Moreover, fifteen years after the adoption of the waiver, there had been only one case in which the new export opportunity had been notified – a case involving export of AIDS medicines from Canada to Rwanda.Footnote 44 The carefully circumscribed mechanism established by the waiver and made permanent through the TRIPs amendment therefore seems to be an example of extensive diplomatic efforts and negotiations resulting in reforms of very limited value to the most vulnerable countries and populations. This seems to confirm views that the procedures and conditions imposed were too cumbersome as well as predictions that the initiative would have limited effects.Footnote 45 Similar problems have emerged in the context of the lengthy and so far unsuccessful efforts to adopt a waiver for the production of COVID-19 vaccines.Footnote 46

Other issues regarding access to and transfer of technology have received much less attention under the TRIPs Agreement. According to art. 66.2, developed countries undertake to “provide incentives to enterprises and institutions in their territories for the purpose of promoting and encouraging technology transfer to least-developed country members in order to enable them to create a sound and viable technological base.” As a follow-up to this provision, the Council for TRIPs decided to require developed countries to report annually on their implementation of art. 66.2.Footnote 47 However, also this initiative seems to have been unsuccessful from the perspective of LDCs. As justification for a proposal to revisit the effectiveness of art. 66.2, Cambodia made the following statement on behalf of the LDCs in 2018.

Notwithstanding mechanisms and processes introduced in the TRIPs Council, LDCs have observed the continued lack of clarity in notifications on the nature of incentives and whether such incentives sufficiently result in technology transfer to LDCs, fostering the creation of a sound and viable technological base for least developed countries. Many notifications continue to demonstrate that incentive programs identify recipients that are not LDCs, and where LDCs are identified, incentives do not result in transfer of technology. Some developed members claim that it is difficult for governments to ensure technology transfer because technology is the subject of private contracts and rights.Footnote 48

7.3.4 Concluding Remarks

WTO rules regarding trade in services and goods and the protection of intellectual property rights can limit the policy space of LDCs and developing countries in terms of designing measures to ensure that FDI contributes to fulfilling the RtD and achieving the SDGs. So far, there are some indications that these rules have had such effects. The longer-term and indirect effects, including “regulatory chill,” are harder to trace and may be more significant.Footnote 49 So far, reform efforts to make the existing WTO rules more conducive to sustainable development have been slow and of limited significance.

New initiatives regarding investment facilitation in the WTO should take into account the lessons learned from efforts to enhance the contribution of existing WTO rules to sustainable development, in particular the reform of the TRIPs Agreement. Moreover, the negotiation of an investment facilitation regime must avoid undermining reforms to establish synergies between the WTO rules discussed earlier and sustainable development.

7.4 Promotion of FDI through International and Domestic Investment Law

In addition to establishing protection of foreign investors and their investment, many international investment agreements (IIAs) and domestic investment laws establish rules and institutions to facilitate FDI. Some of these elements overlap with elements of the WTO IFD Agreement and others are otherwise closely related in terms of their functions or objectives. Hence, when considering the potential contribution of the WTO IFD Agreement to sustainable development, it is essential to explore how the Agreement can supplement and interact with the existing IIAs and domestic investment laws. In the following, the aim is only to establish some starting points for such an exploration by identifying the basic features of IIAs and domestic investment legislation in terms of their contribution to sustainable development.

7.4.1 International Investment Agreements

For a long period, researchers from several disciplines have been debating whether there is empirical evidence that IIAs in practice have generated increased flows of FDI. So far, studies that trace the extent to which IIAs affect flows of FDI show varying results. While evidence indicates that IIAs can lead to increased FDI flows, the extent and conditions under which they do so remain disputed. A main distinction can be drawn between studies that focus on dyadic relationships – exploring whether IIAs influence the flow of FDI among the parties to specific treaties,Footnote 50 and studies on the impact that the signing and ratification of IIAs have for the flow of FDI into countries.Footnote 51 Studies also focus on the differences between ratified and non-ratified IIAs.Footnote 52 Studies concern the flow of FDI into developing countries generally,Footnote 53 into certain regions,Footnote 54 or into certain sectors.Footnote 55 There also exist studies of how subsequent investment treaty arbitration affects FDI.Footnote 56 To what extent and in which ways such studies control for other factors that influence FDI differ significantly,Footnote 57 and in the exceptional cases where replication of previous studies has been carried out, findings indicate that previous conclusions may have limited robustness.Footnote 58

One interesting study suggests classifying FDI according to the motivations of investors, distinguishing between “four types of FDI: resource-seeking FDI, market-seeking FDI, efficiency-seeking FDI, and asset-seeking FDI.”Footnote 59 Among these, resource- and efficiency-seeking FDI seem particularly relevant in the context of achieving SDGs. The study proposes to distinguish between “three main types of resource-seeking FDI: FDI seeking physical resources, FDI seeking unskilled or semi-skilled labor, and FDI to firms seeking technological capabilities, management of marketing expertise, and organizational skills.”Footnote 60 These distinctions could be helpful when analyzing the potential role of IIAs in promoting FDI that contribute to achieving the SDGs, but space does not permit further elaboration here.

From an investment facilitation perspective, we shall focus on the ways in which IIAs directly promote the flow of investment by including provisions relevant to the right of establishment of foreign investors or limit countries’ opportunities to restrict flows of FDI. UNCTAD’s mapping of the content of IIAs indicates that approximately 14.7 percent of IIAs contain provisions that call for investment promotion activities.Footnote 61 Some IIAs also contain operational clauses that protect the rights of investors to establish in the contracting parties. According to data from UNCTAD, approximately 8.1 percent of IIAs include provisions that prohibit discrimination in the preestablishment phase, which means that foreign investors enjoy the same right of establishment as do domestic investors.Footnote 63 These figures indicate that IIAs only to a limited extent operationalize investors’ rights to establish in other countries.Footnote 64

In order to further explore the potential for IIAs to facilitate FDI, we need knowledge about the extent to which countries that have fallen behind in terms of sustainable development have joined IIAs. Table 7.2 shows that countries classified as low-income economies by the World Bank have on average low levels of participation in IIAs that provide consent to investor–state dispute settlement, ranging from a saturation level of only 7.5 percent of potential bilateral treaties with upper-middle-income economies to 16.1 percent among low-income economies. Similarly, lower-middle-income economies have on average the second-lowest level of participation in IIAs, with saturation levels ranging from 11.4 percent to 21 percent. These two groups of countries are presumably those with the highest need for incentives to attract FDI to achieve their SDGs. Against this background, it is relatively clear that the current structure of IIAs is unlikely to assist countries with the highest need for FDI to fund their achievement of SDGs.

Table 7.2 IIA relationships according to World Bank income groups

High-incomeUpper-middle-incomeLower-middle-incomeLow-income
High-income706 (1830)1009 (3599)603 (2867)205 (1891)
38.6%28.0%21.0%10.8%
Upper-middle-income282 (1711)329 (2773)137 (1829)
16.5%11.9%7.5%
Lower-middle-income126 (1081)166 (1457)
11.7%11.4%
Low-income75 (465)
16.1%
Source: Data regarding BITs are in essence based on UNCTAD’s International Investment Agreements Navigator (ibid.), updated until the end of 2018.Footnote 62

In sum, there is little empirical evidence that IIAs have been instrumental in promoting FDI of importance to developing countries’ fulfillment of the RtD or attainment of sustainable development. The current design of IIAs and their geographical distribution indicate that they are unlikely to perform such functions in the relatively near future.

7.4.2 Promotion of FDI through Investment Legislation

Given the limited participation of LDCs in IIAs, we may assume that investment legislation has a particularly important role to play in promoting investment for this group of countries. The World Bank has had a key function in this respect through its focus on national legislation and policies in its long-term program to improve the “investment climate” of developing countries. In particular, the World Bank has provided country-by-country advice through its Facility for Investment Climate Advisory Services (former Foreign Investment Advisory Service) since 1985.Footnote 65 As part of this program, the World Bank issued guidelines in 1992 and a handbook in 2010.Footnote 66 Given the lack of focus on FDI in the MDGs, it is perhaps not surprising that the 2010 handbook does not contain any references to the MDGs. However, the handbook hardly mentions the concept of sustainable development and is primarily focused on improving the investment climate from the perspective of foreign investors.

One fundamental question is why developing countries should adopt general investment legislation. In his introduction to the handbook, Joseph Battat, the former Manager of the World Bank’s Investment Climate Advisory Services, answers this question by emphasizing that investment laws contribute to “the quality and characteristics of the investment climate” and “provide in one place a succinct coverage of much of the investment policy of a country and its legal underpinning, as well as a signal that the government is welcoming investment.”Footnote 67

Very few OECD countries have general investment laws; such legislation is a phenomenon mainly found in developing countries, and in particular in the LDCs (Figure 7.3).Footnote 68 Moreover, sustainable development is the least frequently mentioned objective in the investment legislation of LDCs (see Figure 7.3).

Figure 7.3 Frequency of investment legislation within OECD and LDCs and stated objectives in LDCs investment law.

Note: UNCTAD distinguishes between “investment laws” and “FDI Screening laws.” The legislation of 120 countries is classified as “investment laws,” in 22 countries it is classified as “FDI Screening laws,” and in 7 it is classified as both. These numbers include EU Regulation 2019/452 of 19 March 2019 establishing a framework for the screening of foreign direct investments into the Union (counted as one).

Source: Author, based on UNCTAD’s Investment Laws Navigator, online at: https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws (last accessed 13 June 2023), which provides coding investment-related legislation of 149 countries (as of January 2022).

There are generally few conditions or restrictions on FDI in the investment legislation of LDCs.Footnote 69 According to UNCTAD’s coding, no LDC law is classified as “FDI Screening laws” and only a few contain other conditions or restrictions on investment (see Figure 7.4).

Figure 7.4 Entry conditions for FDI in LDC laws.

Source: Author, based on UNCTAD’s Investment Laws Navigator, online at: https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws (last accessed 13 June 2023).

In recent years, as exemplified by its data collection and work on investment policies and sustainable development, UNCTAD has focused more extensively on domestic investment legislation. UNCTAD has also provided country-by-country advice, inter alia, through its Investment Policy Review program established in 1999.Footnote 70 To date, 20 LDCs have gone through the review process.Footnote 71 However, these data do not indicate that the review process has had a significant impact on the incidence of sustainable development-related clauses in the legislation of LDCs or low-income countries.

7.4.3 Concluding Remarks

When considering the relative importance of IIAs and investment laws for the role of FDI as a potential contributor to sustainable development, these findings show that investment laws are by far the most important. IIAs have had limited importance so far, in particular for LDCs and low-income economies, while investment laws are likely to remain key instruments for increased contribution of FDI to sustainable development. However, these findings indicate that such countries have used investment laws to promote sustainable development only to a limited degree. One key question is therefore whether initiatives to facilitate investment within the WTO are likely to enhance or undermine countries’, in particular LDCs’, ability to use investment laws more actively to promote sustainable development.

7.5 Investment Facilitation for Sustainable Development
7.5.1 Promotion of FDI – The Relative Roles of Host and Home Countries

According to SDG target 17.5, countries should “adopt and implement investment promotion regimes for least developed countries.” The indicator for this target is the number of countries that have adopted investment promotion regimes, and UNCTAD has the task of monitoring relevant actors’ efforts to achieve the target.Footnote 72 In its 2014 report on investment in SDGs, UNCTAD estimated that given the current level of investment in SDG-relevant sectors, “developing countries alone face an annual gap of US$2.5 trillion” and that the “role of private sector investment will be indispensable” to fill the gap.Footnote 73

However, when we look closer at the specific SDG targets associated with the funding of SDG-relevant sectors, we find that the focus of their related indicators is on official development assistance and that they pay limited attention to the role of FDI. Only three indicators refer directly to FDI.Footnote 74 Moreover, only one addresses the role of investors’ home countries; indicator 17.5.1 maps the number of countries that adopt and implement investment promotion regimes for developing countries, including the least developed countries. However, rather than focusing on the extent to which developed countries promote investment into developing countries’ SDG-relevant sectors, UNCTAD initially focused on the extent to which LDCs establish mechanisms to attract FDI. For example, in 2016, UNCTAD noted that 81 percent of LDCs had established an investment facilitation agency.Footnote 75 Subsequently, UNCTAD has paid some attention to instruments for promoting outward investment into other countries, defined as follows:

… investment guarantees, financial or fiscal support for outward investors as well as the conclusion of international investment agreements between the home and the host country of the investor. Besides these legal instruments, countries often also provide information and other advisory services for their outward investors.Footnote 76

As of the end of 2020, UNCTAD concluded, “Promotion tools targeted specifically at supporting investment in LDCs could not be identified, nevertheless a limited number of countries promote outward investment in selected developing or transition economies.” It also observed,

A complete direct measure of SDG indicator 17.5.1 is not yet available. Instead, in addition to the data presented above, investment promotion regimes put in place by LDCs themselves, or other outward investment promotion measures directed to LDCs, can be examined. LDCs’ own investment promotion regimes play an important role in attracting FDI.Footnote 77

The approaches chosen when implementing the SDGs illustrate a significant dilemma regarding investment in SDG-relevant sectors. On the one hand, developing countries in general and LDCs in particular have very large funding gaps in these sectors, and FDI could contribute significantly to fill the gaps. On the other hand, most SDG-relevant sectors are sensitive in the sense that public authorities need to ensure fair and effective distribution of benefits. Consequently, public authorities need to retain significant flexibility to adopt relevant policy measures within such sectors. The dilemma emerges due to the emphasis within the WTO as well as within domestic and international investment law on host country measures to attract FDI into these sectors. Due to lack of funding, the main way in which these LDCs and many other developing countries can attract such FDI is by offering favorable conditions to investors, including high return on the investment and low political risk. The latter, which host countries can achieve through investment treaties and legislation,Footnote 78 limits public authorities’ ability to take policy measures if they experience negative consequences or nonfulfillment of expected benefits.Footnote 79

This dilemma is also reflected in UNCTAD’s Core Principles for Investment Policy-Making. On the one hand, principle 5 states that host countries have “the sovereign right to establish entry … conditions for foreign investment, subject to international commitments, in the interest of the public good and to minimize potential negative effects.” Principle 8 adds, “investment promotion and facilitation should be aligned with sustainable development goals and designed to minimize the risk of harmful competition for investment.”Footnote 80 On the other hand, principles 6 and 10 state, “In line with each country’s development strategy, investment policy should establish open, stable and predictable entry conditions for investment” and “[c]ollective efforts should also be made to avoid investment protectionism.”

So far, the WTO, IIAs, and investment legislation have focused on improving host countries’ ability to attract FDI. In recent years in particular, UNCTAD has paid some attention to the contribution of FDI to SDGs. The role of investors’ home countries in strengthening their investors’ contribution to SDGs in relevant host countries has in essence been absent in these instruments. Nevertheless, some relevant elements in this regard do exist, including examples that IIAs and investment legislation refer to investors’ responsibility for human and environmental harm associated with their investment, and provisions that make investor privileges and investment protection dependent on compliance with SDG-related standards.

7.5.2 The WTO IFD Agreement – Contributing to Sustainable Development?

The aforesaid analyses show that existing international rules, policy documents, and institutions for promoting FDI into SDG-relevant sectors rely heavily on limiting developing countries’ policy space. When considering whether investment facilitation initiatives in the WTO contribute to sustainable development, we shall therefore distinguish according to whether such initiatives (1) focus on measures to be taken by host countries, (2) focus on measures to be taken by home countries, or (3) are neutral in the sense that measures involve both host and home countries. The underlying hypotheses are as follows: (1) If the WTO IFD Agreement essentially reinforces the existing emphasis on limiting the policy space of developing countries, it is likely to undermine developing countries’ achievement of the SDGs. (2) If the WTO IFD Agreement essentially provides incentives to home countries to promote investment into SDG-relevant sectors, it is likely to contribute to developing countries’ achievement of SDGs.

Based on publicly available information about the status of the negotiations at the end of 2021,Footnote 81 the negotiations of the IFD Agreement contained three sections that concern measures to be taken by host countries, that is, section II on transparency of investment measures, section III on streamlining and speeding up administrative procedures, and section IV, inter alia, on domestic regulatory coherence. Some of these elements are potentially sensitive from a policy space perspective. On the one hand, increased transparency of investment measures may improve FDI’s contribution to SDGs. On the other hand, creating single information portals may incentivize host countries to oversimplify procedures that need to take into account complex causalities and indirect effects associated with long-term investment projects, and thus undermine achievement of SDGs. Similarly, domestic regulatory coherence is an objective to which most would subscribe, but if such coherence is prioritized over the need to find workable solutions to complex social or environmental challenges, the pursuit of coherence may negatively affect the long-term fulfillment of SDGs. From a sustainable development perspective, the call for streamlining of administrative procedures is potentially the most restrictive proposal in terms of its effect on host countries’ policy space. Such streamlining is likely to reduce the reliance of public authorities on thorough impact assessments and public scrutiny of investment projects when issuing permits to investors. These elements of the IFD Agreement therefore risk affecting host countries’ attainment of SDGs negatively. Negotiations on these issues should therefore consider how to mitigate or reduce such risks.

Section IV of the IFD Agreement also contains a provision on “home state obligations” based on a proposal “aimed at recognizing the role of home States in facilitating outward sustainable investment, by encouraging members to adopt or maintain, and make publicly available, appropriate measures to facilitate outward investment in areas such as investment guarantees, insurance, investor support services and fiscal measures.” The discussions of this proposal was met with arguments that it was outside the scope of the Agreement since its focus should be on “inward investment” and that “the adoption of measures to facilitate outward investment should be at Members’ discretion.”Footnote 82 This seems to be a divisive issue among the members and unlikely to generate significant home country duties.

Section VI of the draft, under the heading “sustainable investment,” includes measures to be taken by home countries regarding responsible business conduct and corruption. The proposed provision regarding responsible business conduct addresses “the issue of how governments could encourage investors to voluntarily incorporate RBC standards.”Footnote 83 As such, it would be of limited added value besides already existing commitments to promote such standards.Footnote 84 The OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and associated practice show that investors’ home states can play a very important role in preventing corporate practices that undermine achievement of SDGs in host countries. According to the Guidelines, home countries undertake to “encourage” their enterprises “to observe the Guidelines wherever they operate, while taking into account the particular circumstances of each host country.”Footnote 85A review of the 518 cases initiated before National Contact Points during the period from 2000 to the end of 2021 shows that 87 cases (16.8 percent) involve eighteen LDCs and that more than a third of the cases concerns one host country – the Democratic Republic of Congo.Footnote 86 The mining sector is by far the most important sector (30), followed by manufacturing (17) and wholesale and retail sale (13). The IFD Agreement should build on the practice of the OECD.

Measures relating to corruption can be particularly important when taken by home countries in cases where host countries have limited ability to enforce strict standards vis-à-vis foreign investors or to prosecute corruption. Widespread corruption associated with FDI has the potential of significantly undermining developing countries’ achievement of SDGs (SDG 16). As shown in Figure 7.5, it is clear that while LDCs suffer from high levels of corruption, the main home countries (here illustrated by OECD members) have correspondingly low levels of corruption. Political corruption increased within LDCs from 1970 until 1994, stayed very high for almost two decades, and has been on a downward trend since 2012. Corruption in OECD countries has been on a downward trend during the whole period.

Figure 7.5 Political corruption, 1970–2017.

Note: ‘Section 4.0.19: The corruption index includes measures of six distinct types of corruption that cover both different areas and levels of the polity realm, distinguishing between executive, legislative, and judicial corruption’, V-Dem Codebook V8. See also K. M. McMann et al., “Strategies of Validation: Assessing the Varieties of Democracy Corruption Data,” 23 V-Dem Working Paper Series 23 (2016).

Source: Author, based on V-Dem data.

The UN Convention against Corruption (2003) has almost universal adherence.Footnote 87 It sets out rules of particular interest to FDI regarding bribery of foreign officials (art. 16), liability of legal persons (art. 26), extent of national jurisdiction (art. 42), international cooperation during prosecution of crimes (part IV), and recovery of assets that have been lost due to corruption (part V). In this context, it should be noted that the UN General Assembly has identified the rules on asset recovery as particularly important in relation to the RtD.Footnote 88 This is a recognition that foreign investors’ home countries have a duty to ensure that benefits achieved by their investors in other countries through corruption or bribery are returned to such countries. Such a duty is of particular importance in relation to those countries that have limited means to combat corruption.

The OECD and the Council of Europe have elaborated conventions of particular interest in terms of home country responsibilities in corruption cases. Article 1 of the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions (1997) states that

Each Party shall take such measures as may be necessary to establish that it is a criminal offense under its law for any person intentionally to offer, promise, or give any undue pecuniary or other advantage, whether directly or through intermediaries, to a foreign public official, for that official or for a third party, in order that the official act or refrain from acting in relation to the performance of official duties, in order to obtain or retain business or other improper advantage in the conduct of international business.

With important reservations, this duty extends to “legal persons” (art. 2). Under this Convention, data are collected on the extent to which the parties (all OECD countries and eight other countries) prosecute cases of bribery of foreign public officials. By the end of 2020, 16 of 44 parties to the Convention had not reported any relevant cases. Germany (360) and the United States (278) alone had prosecuted almost 70 percent of the 684 individuals and 245 legal persons that reportedly had received criminal sanctions for foreign bribery.Footnote 89 Moreover, while Germany and the United States reported very few acquittals (only 6), Austria, Belgium, and Finland reported far more acquittals than sanctions.Footnote 90 These are clear signs that the implementation of the Convention varies significantly among parties, despite the fact that it has been in force for more than two decades.

While there are signs that corruption in LDCs is on a downward trend, the differences in the level of corruption between LDCs and OECD members as well as between LDCs and the world average have remained significantly higher since the end of the 1990s than during the previous period. This illustrates the ability and the need for investors’ home countries to take measures to control their investors. Against this background, there should be significant opportunities for the IFD Agreement to support and complement the UN and OECD conventions. However, negotiations so far indicate that such an outcome is unlikely.Footnote 91

7.6 Concluding Remarks

International rules governing trade and investment for the promotion of FDI do not address the responsibility of investors’ home countries to ensure that outward FDI contributes to fulfill the RtD and achieve SDGs in host countries. Moreover, international trade and investment rules limit host countries’ policy space, including the policy space needed to fulfill the RtD and achieve SDGs.

The status of the Doha Round of multilateral trade negotiations indicates that WTO reforms in the context of TRIMs, TRIPs, or GATS are unlikely to provide any significant contribution to improve the contribution of FDI to SDGs. Negotiations in UNCITRALFootnote 92 and UNCTAD’s Investment Policy Framework for Sustainable Development (2015) might lead to reforms of international investment law that improve its contribution to sustainable development. However, the UNCITRAL reform process focuses on procedural aspects and is unlikely to lead to significant reforms of substantive provisions in IIAs. Moreover, LDCs remain marginalized in international investment law and are unlikely to benefit significantly from reforms in the short term.

Investment legislation is widespread among LDCs and is therefore likely to have a significant impact on host countries’ policy space. Countries have significant freedom to amend their investment legislation, and reforms may therefore more effectively increase the policy space needed to achieve SDGs. The lack of focus on issues concerning SDGs in such legislation so far indicates that reform initiatives are available. The implementation of UNCTAD’s Investment Policy Framework for Sustainable Investment is currently the most important initiative in this regard, but it seems to have had limited results so far. Recent changes in the sources and destinations of FDI underline the importance of this issue. One such change is the increasing use of unilateral and multilateral sanctions against investors and investment. Another is the emergence of new countries as major sources of FDI, in particular for investment into LDCs. Yet another is the increasing role of a broad variety of institutional investors, in particular sovereign wealth funds. Significant changes in FDI actors, stocks, and flows represent both challenges and opportunities for reforms of national regulatory regimes.

While the WTO IFD Agreement could have the potential to contribute to promote sustainable FDI, the trajectory of negotiations follows the well-trodden path of measures to be taken by host countries toward inbound FDI. This trajectory is likely to limit the policy space of host countries and thereby undermine their ability to take effective measures to achieve SDGs. The IFD Agreement seems to be heading toward limited support among developing countries. It would thereby follow the path of the Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation and the amendment of the TRIPs Agreement to facilitate access to medicines. It would also expose the inability of WTO members to agree on reforms to fulfill the aspirations regarding sustainable development and LDCs as announced in the preamble of the WTO Agreement.

8 Plurilateral Negotiations in the WTO on Services Domestic Regulation and Investment Facilitation for Development

Christian Pitschas
8.1 Introduction

At the 11th WTO Ministerial Conference (MC11) in December 2017, several so-called joint statement initiatives (JSIs) were launched. These JSIs are a result of the stalemate in the Doha Round negotiations, which came to the fore at the 10th WTO Ministerial Conference (MC10) in December 2015. The Ministerial Declaration adopted at MC10 acknowledged that WTO members were divided as regards the Doha mandate and approach to these negotiations, while also expressing a strong commitment to advance the negotiations on the remaining Doha issues.Footnote 1 As those negotiations did not make any substantial progress until MC11, however, various groups of WTO members decided at MC11 to begin plurilateral negotiations and structured discussions, respectively, including on Services Domestic RegulationFootnote 2 (SDR) and Investment Facilitation for Development (IFD).Footnote 3 The plurilateral negotiations on SDR were wrapped up by the end of 2021 and resulted in a “Reference Paper” on SDR,Footnote 4 whereas the negotiations of the plurilateral IFD Agreement have been concluded in July 2023.

Although a considerable number of WTO members participate or have participated in both initiatives, their backgrounds differ quite significantly. The SDR initiative was borne out of the negotiations on disciplines for domestic regulation of services, which were conducted until 2011 before being paused and then revived again in 2016.Footnote 5 Since no breakthrough was achieved in these negotiations in the run-up to MC11, interested WTO members then decided to start the SDR initiative at MC11. In contrast, the IFD initiative is not as firmly anchored in a previous WTO negotiating process as the SDR initiative. While the Doha work program stated that negotiations on trade and investment would take place after the 5th Ministerial Conference,Footnote 6 WTO members were unable to find the required “explicit consensus” on the negotiating modalities at that conference.Footnote 7 But in 2017, a group of WTO members started an informal process to advance discussions on that subject.Footnote 8 This informal process eventually led to the decision at MC11 to commence “structured discussions” with the aim of developing a multilateral framework on investment facilitation.Footnote 9 These discussions have moved into a formal negotiating mode in September 2020.Footnote 10 Last but not least, it should be noted that developed and developing country members play or have played somewhat different roles in both initiatives: Whereas developed country members were the driving force behind the SDR initiative, the opposite is true in the IFD initiative. This may help to explain the starkly different stance taken by both initiatives on the issue of special and differential treatment for developing country and least developed country (LDC) members.

Irrespective of their distinct origins, both JSIs overlap in two important respects: First, services are strongly interrelated with foreign direct investment (FDI), given that services sectors account for approximately two-thirds of the global FDI stock.Footnote 11 GATS mode 3 is an important vehicle for enabling FDI.Footnote 12 Second, both JSIs address regulatory procedures and requirements at WTO members’ domestic level, albeit to varying degrees. The SDR initiative focuses exclusively on “domestic regulation” by seeking to develop certain regulatory disciplines for administrative procedures governing the authorization of the supply of services in all modes.Footnote 13 In contrast, the focus of the IFD initiative goes beyond domestic regulation, but the streamlining and speeding up of administrative procedures constitutes a key element of that initiative.Footnote 14 This particular element of the IFD initiative would also cover administrative procedures pertaining to the supply of services through mode 3, that is, FDI in services.Footnote 15 In other words, insofar as regulatory procedures and requirements affecting FDI in services are concerned, both initiatives cover, in principle, a similar, if not the same, subject matter.

In view of this partial but significant overlap of these two JSIs, it appears appropriate to compare their respective approaches. Since both JSIs are or were pursued in different negotiating groups with partially different memberships and policy goals, it cannot be excluded that both initiatives adopt or have adopted different approaches. This could present a risk for the security and predictability of the WTO legal frameworkFootnote 16 and create confusion among WTO members as to the correct and sound implementation of the outcomes of both JSIs.Footnote 17 That risk appears all the more likely in view of the fact that the disciplines set out in the Reference Paper on SDR have to be inscribed in WTO members’ GATS schedules of specific commitments (GATS schedules) to become legally effective,Footnote 18 whereas the IFD initiative seeks to come up with a stand-alone agreement, which would have to be included in one of the annexes to the WTO Agreement as a condition for its entry into force.Footnote 19

Against this backdrop, the remainder of this article is structured as follows: The second section looks into the objective pursued by the SDR and IFD initiatives (see Section 8.2.), while the third section provides a comparative overview of the regulatory disciplines that were agreed upon under the SDR initiative and are currently discussed under the IFD initiative (see Section 8.3.). The final section offers some conclusions (see Section 8.4.).

8.2 Common Objective Pursued by the JSIs on SDR and IFD

Both JSIs pursue a common objective, namely that of facilitating services trade, in the case of SDR,Footnote 20 and facilitating investment, in particular FDI, in the case of IFD.Footnote 21 This “facilitation” objective is not entirely new in the WTO context, as is demonstrated by the Trade Facilitation Agreement (TFA) in particular.Footnote 22 The reason for choosing this particular objective is motivated by the fact that both initiatives do not address market access as such; in fact, the IFD initiative explicitly excludes market access from its scope.Footnote 23 Rather, they seek to create an “enabling environment” that would make it easier for service suppliers and foreign investors to engage in economic activities in WTO members’ markets.Footnote 24 Thereby, both initiatives intend to increase the contestability of those markets.Footnote 25

The said objective is to be achieved by enhancing the quality of WTO members’ regulatory governance: regulatory quality – or “better regulation”Footnote 26 – is a crucial element of both initiatives.Footnote 27 The main tool for improving WTO members’ regulatory governance is the systematic adoption and application of good regulatory principles, often referred to as good regulatory practices.Footnote 28 Good regulatory principles are not a novel feature in the WTO legal system: The GATT, as well as the TBT, SPS, and TFA, contains rules that seek to foster the application of good regulatory principles in relation to goods trade,Footnote 29 whereas the GATS includes rules – partially modeled on the GATT – that seek to contribute to the systematic application of good regulatory principles in connection with services trade.Footnote 30 The JSIs on SDR and IFD draw upon those rules as well as on corresponding international guidelines, recommendations, and indicators with a view to developing similar disciplines that would provide a basis for systematically adopting and applying good regulatory principles in relation to services trade and investment.Footnote 31

8.3 Good Regulatory Principles as a Means for Facilitating Services Trade and Investment
8.3.1 Good Regulatory Principles in Services Trade
8.3.1.1 GATS Article VI:4 as a Starting Point

The JSI on SDR has to be seen in light of GATS article VI, in particular the negotiating mandate enshrined in paragraph 4 of that provision. The Reference Paper on SDR makes the link to GATS article VI:4 crystal clear by stating that its disciplines pursue the objective of elaborating upon the GATS provisions, “pursuant to paragraph 4 of Article VI of the Agreement”.Footnote 32

GATS article VI is about domestic regulation of services trade and imposes a number of general disciplines on WTO members. These disciplines affect neither WTO members’ right to regulate, which is expressly acknowledged in the GATS preamble, nor the public policy objectives for the attainment of which they choose to regulate.Footnote 33 Moreover, the regulation’s substantive content remains outside of the disciplines’ scope.Footnote 34 These disciplines represent a “minimum standard” and reflect the fact that services trade is subject to a higher regulatory intensity than goods trade, which leads to significantly higher (compliance) costs in services trade than in goods trade.Footnote 35 They are primarily meant to ensure that WTO members’ regulatory measures do not have an adverse effect on the potential benefits deriving from specific commitments on market access and national treatment.Footnote 36 The same reasoning applies to the disciplines set forth in the Reference Paper on SDR.Footnote 37

Given the limited ambit of the aforementioned disciplines, GATS article VI:4 mandates the Council on Trade for Services to develop any necessary disciplines concerning measures relating to requirements and procedures regarding the qualification and licensing of service suppliers as well as technical standards.Footnote 38 Such disciplines should ensure that said measures “do not constitute unnecessary barriers to trade in services”.Footnote 39 This sentence embodies the overall rationale of future disciplines developed according to GATS article VI:4: ensuring that said regulatory measures do not restrict services trade beyond what is necessary to achieve the public policy objective pursued by those measures.Footnote 40 It follows that those disciplines should strike an appropriate balance between WTO members’ right to regulate and the public policy objectives pursued, on the one hand, and their specific commitments on market access and national treatment in the service sector concerned, on the other. Although GATS article VI:4 does not explicitly link the disciplines to be developed to WTO members’ specific commitments,Footnote 41 the standstill obligation pursuant to GATS article VI:5, which applies pending the entry into force of future disciplines,Footnote 42 only extends to sectors where specific commitments have been undertaken. The same logic should prevail once such disciplines have been developed. Otherwise, the relationship between liberalization and regulation under the GATS, as expressed by its preamble, would become unbalanced.Footnote 43

8.3.1.2 Negotiations on Good Regulatory Principles in Services Trade

At MC11, 59 WTO members issued a “Joint Ministerial Statement on Services Domestic Regulation”, which marked the start for plurilateral negotiations on SDR disciplines. This was followed by a second joint statement on SDR in 2019. It is noteworthy that both joint statements refer to “the mandate” in GATS article VI:4. This reference confirms that the disciplines under discussion target the regulatory measures set out in GATS article VI:4 and pursue the objective of improving the “regulatory environment for trade in services globally”.Footnote 44

At the same time, the developmental perspective is conspicuously absent from both joint statements. This stands in stark contrast to the joint statements on IFD. More importantly, it contravenes the necessity to strengthen developing countries’ regulatory capacity through appropriate technical assistance and capacity building to enable them to undertake domestic regulatory reforms.Footnote 45

8.3.1.3 Reference Paper on SDR

The negotiations on SDR were successfully concluded by the end of 2021. The declaration on the conclusion of these negotiations explicitly recognizes the “importance of good regulatory practice in facilitating trade in services”,Footnote 46 thereby capturing both the main objective, that is, facilitating services trade, and the key tool, that is, good regulatory practice, for achieving this objective. The Reference Paper on SDR, which represents the outcome of said negotiations,Footnote 47 notes at the outset that its disciplines on SDR reflect the intention of negotiating WTO members to elaborate upon the GATS provisions “pursuant to paragraph 4 of Article VI of the Agreement”.Footnote 48

8.3.1.3.1 Regulatory Requirements and Procedures

The disciplines on SDR in the Reference Paper’s section II apply to measures by WTO members relating to the regulatory requirements and procedures listed in GATS article VI:4,Footnote 49 provided that those regulatory measures affect trade in servicesFootnote 50 in sectors where the WTO members concerned have undertaken specific commitments.Footnote 51

The regulatory measures in question share a common characteristic: They are relevant for obtaining an authorization to supply a service. Accordingly, most of the Reference Paper’s disciplines apply where WTO members require an authorization for the supply of a service. Authorization is understood by the Reference Paper as a procedure to which an applicant must adhere to demonstrate compliance with the applicable regulatory measures.Footnote 52 Accordingly, most of the Reference Paper’s disciplines are of a procedural nature.Footnote 53

8.3.1.3.2 Disciplines

Broadly speaking, the Reference Paper’s disciplines in section II fall into three categories:Footnote 54 (i) The first category of disciplines aims at guaranteeing that “due process”Footnote 55 is observed in authorization procedures; (ii) the second category of disciplines is concerned with the development of regulatory measures relating to authorization procedures; (iii) and the third category of disciplines seeks to ensure the transparency of regulatory measures and the laws and regulations of general application affecting such measures. The thrust of these disciplines is the application of good regulatory principles, such as legal certainty and predictability, to regulatory measures by WTO members affecting services trade.Footnote 56

The first set of disciplines concerns various issues in relation to authorization procedures, namely the submission of applications to competent authorities, the relevant time frames for submitting applications, the acceptance by competent authorities of electronic submissions of applications and copies, the processing of applications by competent authorities, authorization fees charged by competent authorities, and the independence of competent authorities in reaching and administering their decisions authorizing the supply of a service.Footnote 57 These disciplines considerably expand GATS article VI:3 regarding the application process for an authorization to supply a service and seek to give meaning to GATS article VI:4, lit. (c), pursuant to which licensing procedures should not in themselves restrict the supply of a service.

Next, two disciplines pertain to the assessment and recognition of professional qualifications.Footnote 58 These disciplines complement GATS article VI:6 concerning the verification of the competence of professional service suppliers and GATS article VII, in particular its paragraph 5 on the establishment and adoption of common international standards and criteria for recognition, in cooperation with relevant intergovernmental and nongovernmental organizations.

The second set of disciplines consists of one discipline of an overarching nature regarding the development of regulatory measures relating to the authorization for the supply of a service.Footnote 59 This discipline is of a different nature than the aforementioned disciplines in that it influences the substance of regulatory measures by requiring that they be developed in conformity with good regulatory principles, in particular the principles of objectivity and impartialityFootnote 60 and the equality of men and women.Footnote 61 To this end, the discipline incorporates the criteria set out by GATS article VI:4 (a) and (c) but does not include a “necessity test” in terms of GATS article VI:4 (b).Footnote 62 The absence of a necessity test means that the discipline does not address the trade restrictiveness of the regulatory measures at issue.Footnote 63

The third set of disciplines relates to transparency of regulatory measures. These transparency disciplines complement GATS articles III and IV and deal with the publication of relevant information on regulatory measures regarding authorization procedures, the publication in advance of and the opportunity to comment on proposed laws and regulations of general application, and the establishment or maintenance of enquiry points.Footnote 64

8.3.1.3.3 Regulatory Policy Space

The Reference Paper’s disciplines are mindful of WTO members’ regulatory sovereignty and seek to preserve their regulatory policy space.Footnote 65 This is not only apparent from the mostly procedural nature of these disciplines but also reflected by the provisions in Reference Paper’s section I regarding the right to regulate and the implementation of the disciplines, on the one hand, and the wording of the disciplines in section II, on the other.

8.3.1.3.3.1 Right to Regulate

The Reference Paper on SDR recognizes WTO members’ right to regulate and introduce new regulations,Footnote 66 on the supply of services, to meet their policy objectives, thereby restating recital four of the GATS preamble. WTO members are thus free to choose the policy objectives they wish to achieve and adopt regulatory measures they deem appropriate and necessary for achieving those policy objectives. The Reference Paper on SDR does not interfere with this right to regulate. It neither includes disciplines that would somehow restrict WTO members’ choice of policy objectives that they wish to pursue nor does it prescribe the substantive content of the regulatory measures adopted by WTO members in pursuit of the chosen policy objectives. That being said, one discipline has an impact on the substantive content of WTO members’ regulatory measures, namely the discipline concerning the development of regulatory measures. Moreover, while not impinging on WTO members’ right to regulate, the Reference Paper’s procedural disciplines determine how regulatory measures related to an authorization for the supply of a service ought to be exercised for the sake of “due process”.

Furthermore, the Reference Paper on SDR further reinforces WTO members’ right to regulate by not curtailing their freedom as to how they implement the Reference Paper’s disciplines. Indeed, the Reference Paper underscores that the disciplines are not to be construed to prescribe or impose any particular regulatory provisions regarding their implementation.Footnote 67 WTO members thus retain unfettered discretion how they transpose the disciplines in their domestic legal systems as long as their regulatory measures, authorization procedures, and laws and regulations of general application affecting such measures and procedures comply with the Reference Paper’s disciplines and do not diminish WTO members’ rights and obligations under the GATS.Footnote 68

8.3.1.3.3.2 Regulatory Flexibility

Many of the Reference Paper’s disciplines provide for a large degree of flexibility. This flexibility is conveyed by formulations such as “to the extent practicable”, “to the extent possible”, and “endeavor to”. The flexibility conferred by such wording is not unlimited, however, since the disciplines often combine it with the word “shall”. Even more flexibility is conferred by formulations such as “are encouraged to” or “should”, which are not combined with the word “shall”. This flexibility is intended to preserve WTO members’ regulatory policy space and take account of their differing regulatory systems and capacities.Footnote 69 This “hybrid” approach, which combines mandatory and hortatory language, that is, hard and soft law, reflects WTO members’ desire to improve their regulatory governance while maintaining the regulatory policy space.Footnote 70

While it is comprehensible that WTO members wish to preserve their regulatory policy space, too much flexibility would undermine the effectiveness of the Reference Paper’s disciplines and thus fail to achieve the ultimate objective of facilitating services trade. It should also be borne in mind that the disciplines have, for the most part, a procedural character and affect neither the policy objectives pursued nor regulatory measures’ substantive content. Therefore, WTO members will need to strike a careful balance between safeguarding their regulatory policy space and ensuring the effectiveness of the Reference Paper’s disciplines when implementing the latter in their domestic legal system. Otherwise, the economic benefits that are expected from a full implementation of the Reference Paper on SDR, in particular an estimated significant reduction of costs in services trade,Footnote 71 will not (fully) materialize.

8.3.1.3.4 Special and Differential Treatment

The Reference Paper’s disciplines devote a subsection to the topic of development, that is, special and differential treatment for developing country and LDC members.Footnote 72 The disciplines differentiate between developing country members and LDC members. The former may avail themselves of a transitional period of seven years for implementing “specific” disciplines.Footnote 73 In contrast, LDC members are exempt from the disciplines but are encouraged to apply them, consistent with their individual implementation capacity.Footnote 74 Once LDC members graduate, they may designate a transitional period of seven years for specific disciplines.Footnote 75 In view of LDC members’ limited institutional and regulatory capacities, it appears rather unlikely that they would be able to apply the disciplines before graduating from LDC status, unless they could count on receiving appropriate technical assistance and capacity building.Footnote 76 However, developed and developing country members, in a position to do so, are simply “encouraged” to provide technical assistance and capacity building to developing country and LDC members, upon their request and on mutually agreed terms and conditions.Footnote 77 Such assistance should, among others, aim at developing and strengthening the institutional and regulatory capacities to regulate the supply of services and to implement the disciplines.Footnote 78

As can be gleaned from the foregoing, the Reference Paper’s disciplines adopt a rather traditional approach to special and differential treatment, which does not mirror the enhanced framework for special and differential treatment established by the TFA. Apart from the fact that the negotiations on SDR were largely driven by developed countries, this is possibly due to two factors: One factor may be the flexibility provided for by many disciplines. A second factor may be the “Reference Paper” approach according to which the disciplines will become legally binding on a WTO member only once they are inscribed in that member’s GATS schedule.Footnote 79 Whether and when to do so is a decision left to WTO members’ unfettered discretion.

Yet stronger rules on special and differential treatment in the Reference Paper might have positively influenced developing country and LDC members’ willingness to inscribe the disciplines in their GATS schedules. This appears to be a missed chance. Against this backdrop, it is an open question whether developing country and LDC members will be eager to inscribe the Reference Paper’s disciplines in their GATS schedules. Their willingness could be enhanced by the provision of adequate technical assistance and capacity building. Given that the IFD Agreement takes a much more forceful approach to special and differential treatment by linking implementation with the acquisition of implementation capacity, developing country and LDC members may be well advised to await the conclusion of the IFD negotiations and avail themselves of technical assistance and capacity building, which will become available under a future IFD Agreement, to also implement the disciplines of the Reference Paper on SDR.

8.3.1.3.5 Outlook for the Reference Paper on SDR

Sixty-seven WTO members, representing 90 percent of world trade in services,Footnote 80 have signed the declaration and committed to inscribe the Reference Paper’s disciplines on SDR as additional commitments in their GATS schedules.Footnote 81 The modified GATS schedules are to be submitted for certification.Footnote 82 Fifty-nine WTO members have done so on December 20, 2022, thereby triggering the certification process.Footnote 83 The certification process allows for a technical verification of the modified GATS schedules within forty-five days following their submission.Footnote 84 Accordingly, any WTO member making an objection to the certification of the modified GATS schedules should identify the specific elements of the modification that give rise to the objection.Footnote 85 Despite the purely technical nature of the certification process, some WTO members might object to the certification of the modified GATS schedules on the grounds that outcomes of plurilateral initiatives, such as the Reference Paper on SDR, should be added to the WTO rule book through the amendment procedure according to article X WTO Agreement.Footnote 86 If this were the case, it would risk to delay the entry into force of the modified GATS schedules, that is, the Reference Paper’s disciplines on SDR.Footnote 87

Once the certification process of the modified GATS schedules has been completed, these modified schedules – and hence their additional commitments incorporating the Reference Paper’s disciplines on SDR – will take legal effect.Footnote 88 The Reference Paper’s disciplines on SDR will then be binding on those WTO members that have submitted their modified GATS schedules. However, the Reference Paper’s disciplines on SDR will benefit all WTO members and their services and service suppliers by virtue of the most-favored-nation treatment obligation, established by GATS article II:1.Footnote 89 There is nothing in the Reference Paper on SDR that would suggest that its disciplines and, by extension, additional commitments incorporating these disciplines would not be subject to the unconditional MFN obligation.

The implementation of the additional commitments incorporating the Reference Paper’s disciplines on SDR is thought to generate economic benefits, including annual cost savings on services trade, an increase in services trade, and enhanced participation in global value chains.Footnote 90 Most of these economic benefits will accrue to those WTO members that implement the Reference Paper’s disciplines on SDR, but due to the most-favored-nation nature of the SDR disciplines, services exports from other WTO members will also benefit from cost savings, albeit to a much lesser extent.Footnote 91

8.3.2 Good Regulatory Principles in Investment Facilitation
8.3.2.1 A New Instrument in International Investment Policy

There are several reasons why negotiations on the IFD Agreement took longer than the SDR negotiations. To start with, negotiations on IFD have a broader scope than those on SDR. Moreover, negotiations on IFD are politically more sensitive than those on SDR because of the nexus between investment facilitation, on the one hand, and investment liberalization (market access), investment protection, and investor–state dispute settlement, on the other, even though the latter subject matters are specifically excluded from the scope of negotiations on IFD.Footnote 92 Additionally, the explicit objective of the negotiations on IFD to devise rules that would contribute to a greater participation of developing countries in global investment flowsFootnote 93 adds an additional layer of complexity since it requires elaborating appropriate rules in this regard. It is no wonder, therefore, that the JSI on IFD is critically scrutinized: Apart from questions regarding its interaction with international investment agreements, investor–state dispute settlement and contribution to sustainable investment,Footnote 94 its overlap with the Reference Paper on SDR has raised concerns that the rules under both initiatives could be incoherent or even inconsistent.Footnote 95

The JSI on IFD is based on the general understanding that trade, investment, and development are interlinked and that a more transparent, efficient, and predictable environment is needed to facilitate cross-border investment.Footnote 96 Facilitating cross-border investment is considered crucial for increasing FDI flows, in particular to developing countries and LDCs, as a precondition for achieving the SDGs.Footnote 97 However, until recently, investment facilitation has received relatively little attention and been identified as a “systemic gap” in national and international investment policies.Footnote 98 Therefore, the JSI on IFD could contribute to closing this gap and “add value” by developing – potentially multilateral – rules on investment facilitation that would provide a baseline for WTO members’ investment facilitation policies.Footnote 99

8.3.2.2 Scope of IFD Disciplines Regarding FDI in Services

The IFD disciplines are meant to apply to services and non-services sectors while excluding from their scope investment liberalization in terms of market access and the right to establish, investment protection, and investor–state dispute settlement.Footnote 100 As mentioned in the Introduction, the nexus with FDI in services is common to both the IFD and SDR disciplines and creates an overlap between these two sets of disciplines. Nonetheless, this overlap is a partial one, for two reasons: First, the IFD disciplines would apply, in principle, to all services sectors, irrespective of WTO members’ specific commitments.Footnote 101 In contrast, the SDR disciplines apply only to committed services sectors of a WTO member who inscribes those disciplines in its GATS schedule.Footnote 102 In this respect, the SDR disciplines’ scope will be more limited than that of the IFD disciplines. This would be particularly true in the case of developing country and LDC members which have, on average, undertaken considerably fewer specific commitments under GATS than developed countries.Footnote 103

Second, the IFD and SDR disciplines entertain different understandings of FDI in services. According to the IFD disciplines’ current working definition of FDI, ownership of 10 percent of the ordinary shares or voting stock is decisive for determining the existence of a direct investment relationship.Footnote 104 The criterion of “ownership of 10 percent of ordinary shares or voting stock” is apparently linked to an entity constituted as a juridical person in the jurisdiction where the investment is made. That criterion may be said to be roughly equivalent to the usual criterion for defining FDI, namely a lasting and direct link between a foreign investor and an undertaking to which the investment is made available.Footnote 105 By comparison, the GATS does not contain the notion of FDI but speaks of “commercial presence”, which is broadly defined as “any type of business or professional establishment”.Footnote 106 This includes not only the constitution, acquisition, or maintenance of a juridical person but also the creation or maintenance of a branch or a representative office. It follows that commercial presence, as defined by the GATS, is both wider and narrower than the IFD disciplines’ working definition of FDI: It is wider insofar as it does not presuppose a juridical person since a branch or a representative office is not incorporated as a juridical person in the host state.Footnote 107 At the same time, it is narrower since the wording “constitution, acquisition or maintenance of a juridical person” implies ownership or control by the service supplier concerned over the juridical person.Footnote 108 Given that FDI is usually made through a legal entity incorporated in a host state, the IFD disciplines would have a more far-reaching understanding of FDI than the GATS because they would not require the investor’s control or ownership of the juridical person to which the investment is made available.Footnote 109

In sum, the IFD disciplines’ scope goes further than that of the SDR disciplines, in two respects: First, the sectoral scope of the IFD disciplines is wider in that they would apply, in principle, to all services sectors and not only those covered by a WTO member’s specific commitments. Second, the IFD disciplines would cover a larger spectrum of economic activities in services sectors than the SDR disciplines.

8.3.2.3 Streamlining and Speeding up Administrative Procedures
8.3.2.3.1 Scope of Disciplines

The IFD disciplines on transparency of investment measures, on the one hand, and those on streamlining and speeding up administrative procedures, on the other, address by and large the same subject matter as the disciplines on SDR. In the following, only the IFD disciplines on streamlining and speeding up administrative procedures (IFD disciplines on administrative procedures) are considered. These disciplines are a key element of the IFD disciplines since they are paramount for establishing a fair, predictable, and efficient regulatory environment conducive to making cross-border investments.Footnote 110 Therefore, these disciplines are critical for reducing regulatory risk, which constitutes one of the major causes for the cancellation or withdrawal of FDI.Footnote 111

The IFD disciplines do not yet contain a definition of the term “administrative procedures”. But as in the case of the SDR disciplines, most of the IFD disciplines on administrative procedures are linked to “authorization procedures” or an “authorization for an investment”. Yet, the IFD disciplines do not define the term authorization. In analogy to the definition of authorization in the Reference Paper on SDR,Footnote 112 one may assume that an authorization in the IFD context would mean the permission to make an investment resulting from a procedure, that is, an authorization procedure, to which an applicant (foreign investor) must adhere to demonstrate compliance with applicable requirements.Footnote 113 The fact that most IFD disciplines on administrative procedures are closely related to authorization procedures demonstrates their procedural nature. Consequently, the vast majority of IFD disciplines on administrative procedures are not concerned with the substantive requirements underlying an authorization procedure.Footnote 114

8.3.2.3.2 Types of Disciplines

The IFD disciplines on administrative procedures fall into three broad categories: (i) The first category of disciplines seeks to ensure that “due process” is respected in authorization procedures; (ii) the second category of disciplines aims at making sure that measures regarding an authorization for an investment are based on certain general principles and administrative decisions affecting investment can be reviewed in objective and impartial procedures; and (iii) the third category of disciplines concerns the administration of measures of general application and their periodic review. The common theme of all these disciplines is to guarantee the application of and compliance with good regulatory principles, in particular legal certainty and predictability, with the aim of reducing regulatory uncertainty, minimizing transaction costs, and, more generally, making it easier for foreign investors to invest.Footnote 115

The first and largest category of disciplines deals with different aspects of authorization procedures, such as application periods, acceptance of authenticated copies, processing of applications, treatment of incomplete applications, rejection of applications, multiple applications, authorization fees, the use of ICT, and the independence of competent authorities.Footnote 116 These disciplines have a purely procedural character and closely resemble the corresponding disciplines in the Reference Paper on SDR. For the most part, and similar to the corresponding SDR disciplines, their wording provides for a certain degree of flexibility by combining mandatory language (“shall”) with hortatory language (“to the extent practicable”, “endeavor”), thus preserving some regulatory policy space for WTO members when they implement and apply these IFD disciplines.

The second category of disciplines is different from the disciplines in the first category, in three respects. First, one discipline has an impact on the substance of measures relating to an authorization for an investment because it mandates that those measures as well as the authorization procedures conform to certain requirements. Second, the other discipline calls on WTO members to have mechanisms in place that provide for the prompt, impartial, and objective review of administrative decisions affecting investment. Third, the disciplines’ wording is exclusively mandatory (“shall ensure”, “shall be made”, “shall maintain or institute”), thus leaving no flexibility for WTO members as to the implementation of these disciplines in their domestic legal systems.Footnote 117

One of the disciplines requires that (i) measures relating to an authorization for an investment be based on objective and transparent criteria, (ii) the authorization procedures for demonstrating applicants’ compliance with relevant requirements be impartial, and (iii) those procedures do not in themselves prevent the fulfillment of said requirements.Footnote 118 This discipline is almost identical to the discipline on the development of measures in the Reference Paper on SDR, except for the requirement not to discriminate between men and women. The other discipline has no counterpart in the Reference Paper on SDR but corresponds to article VI:2 GATS. It obliges WTO members to maintain or institute judicial, arbitral, or administrative tribunals or procedures that provide for the prompt, objective, and impartial review of administrative decisions affecting investment.Footnote 119 Such a review must provide for appropriate remedies, where justified. This discipline allows investors affected by administrative decisions adopted in authorization procedures to challenge those decisions by claiming that they did not conform to the IFD disciplines on administrative procedures or the domestic rules implementing these disciplines.

The third category of disciplines deals with measures of general application and addresses two aspects: their administration and periodic review. These disciplines deviate from the rest of the IFD disciplines on administrative procedures in that they are not confined to authorization procedures for an investment or measures relating to such procedures.Footnote 120 Rather, the term “measures of general application”, used by both disciplines in this category, refers to all types of measures covered by the IFD disciplines since that term is qualified by the words “within the scope of this Agreement”. This qualification would have been unnecessary if the term only comprised measures relating to authorization procedures. Moreover, the measures must apply generally, that is, to an a priori unlimited number of situations or cases rather than to a single situation or case. Consequently, measures pertaining to a single situation or case, such as an administrative decision concerning an application by a foreign investor for an authorization for an investment, do not amount to “measures of general application”. This reading is corroborated by article VI:1 GATS, which also refers to “measures of general application” and covers all measures coming under the scope of GATS that apply to an unspecified number of situations or cases.Footnote 121 Furthermore, the disciplines under this category employ different wordings: The wording of the discipline on the administration of measures of general application is mandatory (“shall ensure”), thus leaving no flexibility as to its implementation in WTO members’ domestic laws, whereas the wording of the discipline on the periodic review of measures of general application is merely hortatory (“is encouraged”), thus leaving considerable flexibility to WTO members as regards its implementation in domestic law.

The discipline regarding the administration of measures of general application requires that such measures be administered in a “reasonable, objective and impartial manner”.Footnote 122 The discipline addresses the application of measures of general application,Footnote 123 such as to applications by foreign investors for an authorization for an investment. There is no corresponding provision in the Reference Paper on SDR because article VI:1 GATS already contains such an obligation. The discipline concerning the periodic review of measures of general application seeks to encourage WTO members to carry out periodic reviews of such measures with a view to rendering their investment facilitation regimes more effective.Footnote 124 This discipline has no counterpart in the Reference Paper on SDR or the GATS, which may be one reason for its hortatory language.

8.3.2.4 Special and Differential Treatment

The approach of the IFD disciplines to special and differential treatment for developing country and LDC members differs substantially from that of the Reference Paper on SDR. While the latter devotes only three paragraphs to SDT, which are rather traditional in their approach,Footnote 125 the IFD disciplines include an entire section on special and differential treatment, which encompasses five provisions, spanning over ten pages.Footnote 126 The approach of the IFD disciplines to special and differential treatment is progressive and mirrors the approach adopted by the TFA.Footnote 127 Among others, the section on special and differential treatment provides for three categories of provisions, the possibility for developing country and LDC members to self-designate the provisions they wish to include under each of the categories, the possibility to shift between different categories, and the possibility to extend implementation periods, a grace period for the application of the WTO dispute settlement understanding as well as technical assistance and capacity building. Importantly, developing country and LDC members would be able, under one of the categories, to link the implementation of provisions in that category to the prior acquisition of implementation capacity through the provision of assistance and support for capacity building.

The emphasis put on special and differential treatment by the IFD disciplines reflects the need of developing country and LDC members for technical assistance and capacity building in implementing the IFD disciplines;Footnote 128 otherwise, the IFD disciplines risk becoming “dead letter”.

8.4 Conclusion

The foregoing review of the disciplines on SDR and IFD, respectively, has focused on a comparison between the SDR disciplines and the IFD disciplines on streamlining and speeding up administrative procedures. This comparison has shown that these two sets of disciplines are largely similar in substance and mostly of a procedural character. They address primarily authorization procedures, either for the supply of a service or an investment, and their wording leaves WTO members a certain degree of flexibility as to their implementation in domestic law. Even though the disciplines predominantly lay down obligations for authorization procedures, they also address the content of regulatory measures related to authorization procedures. They do so by requiring WTO members to respect certain general principles when devising such measures and procedures. Importantly, both the SDR and IFD disciplines use mandatory wording in that respect, thereby leaving no flexibility as to the implementation in WTO members’ domestic laws. In terms of substance, these content-related disciplines are again very similar and safe for the obligation not to discriminate between men and women, which has not yet found its way into the IFD disciplines. In areas where the Reference Paper on SDR does not contain provisions corresponding to the IFD disciplines – that is, review mechanisms and administration of measures of general application – equivalent provisions are found in the GATS. The only IFD discipline that has no counterpart in either the Reference Paper on SDR or the GATS is the discipline on the periodic review of measures of general application within the scope of the IFD disciplines. It is not surprising that the discipline employs hortatory language, thus granting a large discretion to WTO members as to its implementation in their domestic legal systems. The substantive similarity of the SDR and IFD disciplines may be explained by the fact that they share a common objective: facilitating services trade and cross-border investment through disciplines that foster the implementation and application of good regulatory principles.

Notwithstanding the largely similar character of the SDR and IFD disciplines, their scope is somewhat different. Leaving aside their different understanding of FDI, the SDR disciplines only apply to services sectors, whereas the IFD disciplines will apply to both services and non-services sectors. In addition, the SDR disciplines apply only to those services sectors where WTO members have undertaken specific commitments, but WTO members may voluntarily apply them also to noncommitted services sectors. In contrast, no restriction in terms of sectors is foreseen by the IFD disciplines, but it seems possible that WTO members will be able to exclude certain (services and non-services) sectors from the scope of application of the IFD disciplines. These differences are amplified by the fact that the SDR disciplines have domestic regulation within the meaning of article VI:4 GATS as their sole focus. In contrast, the IFD disciplines cover a much larger spectrum; the streamlining and speeding up of administrative procedures is but one, albeit crucial, element of the IFD disciplines. These differences reflect the distinct origins of both sets of disciplines: The SDR disciplines are anchored in and circumscribed by the negotiating mandate of article VI:4 GATS, whereas the IFD disciplines are the fruit of a relatively recent initiative that did not need to heed any treaty-imposed negotiating mandate on that subject matter.

Another difference between the two initiatives is related to the way in which they address special and differential treatment for developing country and LDC members. The SDR disciplines provide for SDT in a rather limited fashion. This may have to do with the fact that developed country members were the main driving force behind the development of these disciplines. Nonetheless, this somewhat meagre result is likely to stifle the readiness of developing country and LDC members to inscribe the SDR disciplines in their GATS schedules. The same cannot be said of the IFD disciplines. They copy the “modern” approach of the TFA to special and differential treatment and transpose it to the IFD context. This openness to strong SDT rules is possibly a consequence of a different negotiating dynamic: Developing country members are driving this negotiating process forward. Moreover, without adequate technical assistance and capacity building, the implementation of the IFD disciplines will get stuck as developing country and LDC members have to shoulder the highest implementation burden.Footnote 129

Regardless of the aforementioned differences, the SDR and IFD disciplines face a somewhat uncertain future. This is because of their plurilateral nature. India and South Africa have been vocal in their opposition to all JSIs, including those on SDR and IFD. They might be tempted to object to WTO members’ modified GATS schedules, which incorporate the disciplines of the Reference Paper on SDR as additional commitments, in the certification process of those schedules, irrespective of the purely technical nature of that process. Similarly, India and South Africa may also oppose the integration of the IFD Agreement into the WTO legal architecture. For the sake of the multilateral trading system and sustainable development, it is to be hoped that these concerns are unfounded.

9 Special Economic Zones and Investment Facilitation

Richard Bolwijn and Jing Li
9.1 Introduction

Special economic zones (SEZs) are widely used around the world. They go by many different names and come in many varieties. There is no universal definition for SEZs. The terminology used across countries – free zones, free trade zones, special economic zones, export-processing zones, industrial parks, regional development zones – varies wildly. The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) World Investment Report 2019 defines SEZs as geographically delimited areas within which governments facilitate industrial activity through fiscal and regulatory incentives and infrastructure support.Footnote 1 This definition centers on three key criteria: a clearly demarcated geographical area, a regulatory regime distinct from the rest of the economy, and infrastructure support. This relatively narrow definition would exclude some types of economic zones that are normally associated with SEZs. For example, common industrial parks, especially in developed economies, occupy a defined area and enjoy infrastructure support, but they do not offer incentives or a special regulatory regime. The famous maquiladoras in Mexico is another example. Individual enterprises are provided the benefits of free zones. Such a free-point regime can be considered as a form of SEZs but would not be counted as zones under this definition.

Similarly, even though investment facilitation stands increasingly high in the global economic agenda, its concept remains fluid and up for debate. UNCTAD defines investment facilitation as the set of policies and actions aimed at making it easier for investors to establish and expand their investments, as well as to conduct their day-to-day business in host countries.Footnote 2

Previous studies on SEZs have focused on documenting success stories and failures, describing key characteristics of SEZs and analyzing their economic, social, environmental, and development impacts.Footnote 3 Discussions on investment facilitation have centered around its concept, its legal and policy implication, and the possibility of an international agreement in different forums.Footnote 4 Less discussed are the nexus between SEZs and investment facilitation, and whether and how they can be combined to maximize their benefits as investment policy instruments. In addition, the global crisis caused by the COVID-19 pandemic has underscored the necessity and urgency on policy adjustments for a sustainable recovery and future development.

This chapter aims at identifying the interconnections between SEZs and investment facilitation. With a brief overview of the development of these two policy instruments, it shows that SEZs and investment facilitation can complement each other and be mutually supportive. By discussing the challenges brought by the COVID-19 pandemic, it analyzes how SEZs and investment facilitation need to transform and how countries can be better equipped to capture opportunities in the post-pandemic world.

9.2 SEZs: Universe and Trends

SEZs have a long history. The concept of freeports dates back many centuries, with traders moving cargoes and reexporting goods with little or no interference from local authorities. Modern customs-free zones, which tend to be adjacent to seaports, airports, or border corridors and usually are fenced to demarcate a separate custom area, appeared in the 1960s. They began multiplying in the 1980s, with the spread of export-oriented industrial development strategies in many countries and the increasing reliance on offshore production. The acceleration of international production in the late 1990s and 2000s and the rapid growth of global value chains (GVCs) have witnessed the expansion of export-processing zones (EPZs) and industrial parks/zones among developing economies, aiming to emulate the early success stories. The 2008 global financial crisis and deceleration in globalization have barely slowed the trend as governments respond to the increasing competition for global mobile investment with new types of SEZs, such as science/tech parks and services parks. The World Investment Report 2019 identified some 5,400 zones across 147 economies globally, more than 1,000 of which were established since 2014, and more than 500 new SEZs were expected to open in the coming years (see Figure 9.1).

Figure 9.1 Historical Trend in SEZs.

Source: UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2019.

SEZs are widely used yet relatively concentrated. UNCTAD data show that developing Asia alone hosts 75 percent of the aforementioned 5,400 SEZs, where over 2,000 SEZs are in China, followed by the Philippines (528), India (373), and Turkey (102). Latin America has a long history with SEZs. Some of the free trade zones there were established as early as the early nineteenth century. Currently, the region has almost 500 SEZs. Developed economies have a relatively low density of SEZs, with the exception of the United States. Over 70 percent of the zones in developed economies are in the United States, most of which are foreign trade zones. Most European countries have either no SEZs or only customs-free zones. Economies with geographical challenges and/or insufficient resources, such as Small Island Developing States and the least developed countries, also have fewer SEZs.Footnote 5

SEZs differ substantially among economies at different levels of development. Most SEZs in developed economies are customs-free zones, focusing on supporting complex cross-borders supply chains with relief from tariffs and red tape. The rationale is the preference of an overall business-friendly environment to privileged area. In developing economies, in contrast, the bulk of SEZs are multi-activities zones aiming at building, diversifying, and upgrading industries by attracting foreign direct investment (FDI). Industry-specialized zones are more common in transition economies. This staged pattern of zone development is also apparent within economies. For example, in China, zones were initially designed to attract export-oriented manufacturing along its coastal regions and later diversified toward industrial upgrading and integration.

International and regional cooperation on SEZs have been on the rise. There are various models where zones can be developed with the cooperation of a foreign partner: zones developed by foreign developers or through joint ventures with local companies as private FDI, zones developed by host country governments through public–private partnerships with foreign developers, and zones developed as government-to-government partnership projects. The majority of such SEZs are the first two types of zones. The development of government-to-government partnership zones are encouraged by a mixture of development assistance, economic cooperation, and strategic considerations. Examples include industrial parks developed by France and Germany in the State of Palestine, the Caracol Industrial Park developed by the Inter-American Development Bank and the United States Government in Haiti as a relief effort after the devastating earthquake in 2010, China’s Overseas Economic Cooperation Zone program and Japan’s “Industrial Townships” project in India.

Deepening regional integration has also accelerated the development of border and cross-border SEZs. Zones have been developed along regional economic corridors. The development of the Greater Mekong Subregion corridors, a regional economic cooperation program that involves Cambodia, China, the Lao People’s Democratic Republic, Myanmar, Thailand, and Viet Nam, has encouraged these countries to build SEZs in border areas to better utilize the improved connectivity along the corridors.Footnote 6 In Africa, The Musina/Makhado SEZ of South Africa is strategically located along a principal north–south route into the Southern African Development Community and close to the border between South Africa and Zimbabwe. The governments of Burkina Faso, Côte d’Ivoire, and Mali launched a cross-border zone encompassing all three countries to leverage the opportunities provided by regional integration.Footnote 7 However, global experience with SEZs is mixed. There are many examples of highly successful SEZs, especially in Asia, where economies have followed the export-oriented development strategies. SEZs have played a key role in industrialization of the so-called Four Asian Dragons and have long been praised for their experimental role in boosting China’s development following its “reform and opening-up” policy.Footnote 8 But not all SEZs are successful. Many zones, across all regions of the world, have failed to achieve their supposed economic benefits, either measures in terms of investment or export growth or job creation. Zones have been criticized for being enclaves, with few linkages to local economy and few spillovers. There are concerns over labor standards and working conditions in zones, including longer working hours, laxer health and safety standards, lack of training, and lower wage levels. Negative environmental impacts such as pollution and misuse of land have also been highlighted.Footnote 9

Yet the enthusiasm for SEZs has continued as governments respond to the increasing competition for global mobile investment with more zones. Over the past decade, global FDI has been stagnant. As a result, the competition between SEZs, both within and among countries, has become more severe. There are increasing doubts over SEZs’ effectiveness as an investment policy instrument. Governments are in need of targeted policies to attract, anchor, and upgrade FDI. With this backdrop, the discussion of investment facilitation measures, which focuses on alleviating ground-level obstacles to investment, has gained momentum internationally.

9.3 Investment Facilitation: Concept and Progress Achieved

Investment facilitation is high on the global economic agenda. Since UNCTAD initiated its policy dialogue on investment facilitation in 2015, discussions are taking place in various fora and contexts. International organizations including UNCTAD, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), and the World Bank have conducted in-depth research. More than a hundred members of the World Trade Organization (WTO) are participating in the formal negotiation for a multilateral agreement on investment facilitation for development. The Group of 20 (G20) adopted the G20 Guiding Principles for Global Investment in 2016, emphasizing importance of transparency and coherence of investment policies. The Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) has developed its Investment Facilitation Action Plan, which has served as a valuable reference tool for improvement of the APEC investment climate.

By far, there is no universally agreed definition of investment facilitation. UNCTAD defines investment facilitation as “the set of policies and actions aimed at making it easier for investors to establish and expand their investments, as well as to conduct their day-to-day business in host countries.” It focuses on alleviating ground-level obstacles to investment, for example, by introducing transparency and improving the availability of information, making administrative procedures more efficient and effective, and by enhancing predictability and stability of the investment policy environment.Footnote 10 WTO members have avoided this problem by giving a broad description in the scope of the agreement in negotiation, but the WTO secretariat has summarized a very similar concept: “in the context of the WTO, investment facilitation means the setting up of a more transparent, efficient and investment-friendly business climate by making it easier for domestic and foreign investors to invest, conduct their day-to-day business and expand their existing investments.”Footnote 11

Often closely associated with investment facilitation in investment policy discussions is investment promotion. In the wider investment policy context, investment facilitation and investment promotion work hand in hand. But they are two distinct concepts. Investment promotion is about promoting a location as an investment destination (e.g., through marketing and incentives) and is therefore often country-specific and competitive in nature (see Table 9.1).

Table 9.1 Difference between investment promotion and investment facilitation

Investment promotion

“Marketing a location”

Investment facilitation

“Making it easier to invest and do business”

  • Predominant role of IPAs

  • Competitive (“zero-sum hypothesis”)

  • Focused on location-sensitive (efficiency-seeking investment)

  • Potentially costly incentives

  • Whole-of-government approach

  • Noncompetitive (low risk of “beggar-thy-neighbor”)

  • Important for all investment (including domestic investment)

  • Low-hanging fruit

Source: James Zhan, Presentation on Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation at the WTO, 2016.

The confusion between investment facilitation and investment promotion or investment retention is attributed to a few factors. First and foremost, investment promotion, facilitation, and retention are a continuum, rather than a process of clear-cut phases. Another reason for this confusion is that some policy instruments can be used for all three phases, and some activities, whether under the name of investment promotion, facilitation, or retention, lead to improved trade and investment environment and enhanced ease of doing business. In addition, almost all investment promotion agencies (IPAs) have been tasked with both investment promotion and facilitation, as well as providing aftercare services. IPAs provide facilitation services throughout the whole process of investment realization.

9.4 Investment Facilitation and Trade Facilitation

Trade facilitation is another concept that is frequently mentioned together with investment facilitation. Besides the obvious similarities in name, there are clear parallels between trade and investment facilitation. UNCTAD’s Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation introduced ten lines of action, most of which are of a similar nature as trade facilitation measures: promoting accessibility and transparency of policies and regulations, streamlining of regulation and administrative procedures, enhancing predictability and consistency in the application of policies and designation of a focal point or single window, to name a few.Footnote 12

Differences between investment facilitation and trade facilitation are apparent. Trade facilitation is aimed at border measures applying to goods. Investment facilitation goes well beyond border issues and relates to the pre- and post-establishment of investment, involving a wide range of regulatory issues across many areas and at many levels of government. It is a horizontal policy instrument, applying to all sectors and industries.

As discussed in the previous section, the increasing pressure on governments to compete for global FDI has encouraged the adoption of various investment policies worldwide, among which investment facilitation measures account for a growing proportion. The UNCTAD Investment Policy Monitor Database shows that in 2020, about 33 percent of 135 national investment laws from 130 countries and economies refer to investment facilitation-related elements, an increase from 20 percent in 2016.Footnote 13 Nevertheless, a significant gap remains in national and international investment policy regimes. Among the 135 national investment laws analyzed, transparency of laws and regulations, a key aspect of investment facilitation, is rarely referred to in investment laws. Only 11 percent of such laws stipulate that governments will make laws and regulations pertaining to investment publicly available (see Figure 9.2). The number of investment facilitation measures adopted by countries over the past four years remains relatively low compared with the numbers of other investment promotion measures. UNCTAD’s Investment Policy Hub shows that from 2016 to 2019, countries adopted almost 500 investment policy measures, among which 72 related to investment facilitation (less than 15 percent). Concrete investment facilitation provisions are still absent from the majority of some 3,300 existing international investment agreements (IIAs).

Figure 9.2 Presence of (or references to) key investment facilitation concepts (percent share in 135 national investment laws analyzed).

Source: UNCTAD, Investment Policy Monitor Database (last accessed 10 June 2020).
9.5 Combining SEZs and Investment Facilitation

SEZs and investment facilitation have a number of important distinctions and areas of divergence. SEZs are a part of industrial policy. Their purpose is much wider than investment facilitation, encompassing industrial development and economic diversification objectives. SEZs are competitive in nature. Many SEZs target cost-conscious investors in labor-intensive export-oriented industries, leading to highly competitive export promotion practices. In contrast, investment facilitation measures are generally applied horizontally. They are not investor targeting and are noncompetitive. SEZs tilt the playing field between firms inside and outside zones – the opposite of what investment facilitation aims to achieve. SEZs in many countries have been found to have relatively limited beneficial spillover effects to domestic firms outside the zones, while investment facilitation, despite having its origin in efforts to promote foreign investment, is equally beneficial for domestic investors. When acting as investment policy tools, SEZs and investment facilitation are usually taken as two distinct sets of investment policy. UNCTAD data show that from 2010 to 2019, SEZ programs and investment facilitation measures accounted for 21 and 30 percent of national policy measures, respectively, indicating the increasing importance of investment facilitation in national investment policy tool kit (see Figure 9.3).

Figure 9.3 National policy measures related to investment promotion and facilitation, 2010–2019 (percent).

Source: UNCTAD, Investment Policy Monitor Database.

SEZs are often questioned over their possible distortion of competition as they provide preferential treatment to specific regions or sectors. They have been seen as a second-best solution compared with policies aiming at creating an investor-friendly environment in the wider economy. This explains the relatively low SEZ density in most developed countries as the business environment in these countries is considered sufficiently attractive. In contrast, developed countries adopt more investment facilitation measures than developing countries. The earlier version of the Investment Facilitation Index, which maps the adoption of investment facilitation measures at country level in eighty-six WTO members, shows that developing countries in general have fewer facilitation measures in place than developed countries. Among the top twenty WTO members in the Investment Facilitation Index ranking, sixteen are in the high-income group and four members are in the upper-middle-income group, namely, China, Mexico, Costa Rica, and Turkey.Footnote 14

SEZs and investment facilitation are also closely linked. They share a common purpose: to attract investment in order to create jobs, generate exports, and boost growth. They share a common tool kit: streamlined rules, regulations, and administrative procedures and other measures to create a stable and predictable climate for business. They are also mutually supportive: Investment facilitation measures are a fundamental part of the value proposition of SEZs, and SEZs often serve as a sandbox for such measures.

Investment facilitation has been an important investment attraction tool in SEZ laws. Approximately one-third of the SEZ laws include rules on investment facilitation (see Figure 9.4). One frequently used tool is the streamlining of registration procedures, for instance, by providing a list of documents required for admission or by setting deadlines for the completion of approval procedures. Some SEZ laws require zone operators to establish a single point of contact or a one-stop shop to deliver government services to businesses within SEZs (e.g., the Philippines, Special Economic Zone Act). Other laws provide for the creation of business incubators in zones to assist enterprises in their initial periods of operation by offering technical services and to ensure the availability of physical workspace (e.g., Kosovo, Law on Economic Zones). Some laws also eliminate restrictions on recruitment and employment of foreign personnel within the zones (e.g., Nigeria, Export Processing Zones Act).

Figure 9.4 Investment attraction tools in SEZ laws (number of laws, n=127).

Source: UNCTAD: World Investment Report 2019, 166.

Investment facilitation measures in SEZs add a winning edge to zones. In general, the value proposition of SEZs – the package of advantages that zones provide – is an important factor when investors make an investment decision. Along with incentives, locational advantages, infrastructure, services, and facilitation of administrative procedures are crucial elements in SEZs’ value proposition. Zone policymakers, developers, and IPAs have relied heavily on generous incentives to attract investors. However, recent analyses find no correlation between fiscal incentives offered to investors and zone growth in terms of jobs and exports.Footnote 15 This may partly be caused by the increasing convergence of zone investment incentives and the lack of differentiation. Researchers have also found that failed zone programs, such as in India, have generally been negatively affected by excessive bureaucracy.Footnote 16 To win the competition for global mobile investment, zone policymakers need to address specific concerns of potential investors and create an appealing business environment, where investment facilitation measures aiming at easing cumbersome administrative procedures and red tape are at the core of such an environment. An attractive business environment is the key to the success of an SEZ, and investment facilitation measures are at the core of such an environment.

The rationale for providing investment facilitation measures in SEZs but not the whole economy is similar to the rationale of establishing SEZs in most developing countries. First, there is the relative ease of implementing reforms through SEZs. In countries where governance is relatively weak and where the implementation of reforms nationwide is difficult, SEZs are often seen as the only feasible option or as a first step.Footnote 17 As enclaves of differential regulation, SEZs can reduce the pressure for governments to pursue difficult nationwide structural reforms. Early adopters of SEZ programs in Asia have deliberately used zones to introduce national reforms gradually in a dual-track approach that slowly exposed the rest of the economy. Even though investment facilitation measures are generally not as controversial as investment liberalization, the implementation of such measures may still meet resistance from current players. For example, introducing a fast-licensing process for certain category of investors planning to open business in SEZs would meet far less objection than enacting new national legislation to reduce the bureaucracy surrounding procedures for the admission of foreign investments.

Second, the perceived low cost of implementation. A key rationale for SEZs is their low cost in relative terms compared with that of building equivalent industrial infrastructure in the entire economy. Capital expenditures for the development of an SEZ – especially basic zones offering plots of land rather than hypermodern “plug-and-play” zones – are often limited to basic infrastructure connections to the zone perimeter. With SEZs, developing countries are able to ease the infrastructure challenges in the country and to concentrate public investment in infrastructure, such as reliable utilities, telecommunication, and water and waste management installations, in a limited geographical area. Facilitation of administrative procedures for business and investors in SEZs follows the same thinking. Take providing one-stop shop/single window for foreign investors as an example. As simple as it may sound, it requires a well-structured investment regime, effective interagency collaboration and coordination, thorough investment process analysis, data harmonization and documents simplification, as well as technical capacity in terms of IT infrastructure with necessary financial support. Nationwide implementation takes efforts not only at the central government level but also support from local governments at regional and subregional levels. Building a small-scale sector-specific single window in SEZs to serve investors in zones only is more practical and requires less inputs.

The role of investment facilitation measures in SEZs is increasingly valued by zone policymakers and investors. Less recognized is the role of SEZs for investment facilitation measures. SEZs are in a unique position to develop and implement investment facilitation measures. The role of SEZs in promoting investment facilitation can be seen in a number of ways. First, SEZs can be experimental fields of investment facilitation policies with timely monitor and review mechanism. Second, SEZs serve as a focal point with better accessibility, transparency, and predictability in investment policies and their implementations. Last, governance mechanism of zones provides enhanced coordination and collaboration within governments and among stakeholders.

First, SEZs can serve as a testing ground for investment facilitation polices. The function of SEZs as policy experimental field have long been acknowledged. China is well known for using SEZs to pilot economic policies, which later have been introduced across the country. In other regions, including South and West Asia, SEZs have been used to test the liberalization of foreign ownership restrictions. Governments can test different policies and new approaches within zones and evaluate policy impacts, institutional setup, and resource allocation to identify priority areas and best practices. With the confined area of SEZs, a timely policy review involving all stakeholders, in particular foreign investors who usually lack channels to participate in host country policy design, is easier to conduct. Improvements thus can be made to ensure that investment facilitation tools and policies are useful, up-to-date, and respond to investors’ needs. With first-hand experiences in zones, government officials will be able to share their expertise in the nationwide implementation with their peers.

Second, SEZs serve as focal points of investment facilitation measures. Investment facilitation measures can be relatively cheap compared to expensive promotion measures, but their implementation is no less difficult as they normally require enhanced coordination among government agencies. Providing clear and up-to-date information on investment regime can be as simple as a click on an upload button, but it can also be mission impossible to some countries, as it requires political willingness to endorse policy transparency, ready IT infrastructure, and human capital. The confined areas of zones make providing such services easier and cheaper, and the promotion measures of zones that are already in place can be converted or added to investment facilitation measures. For example, many governments have marketed their single-window service in SEZs as an investment attraction factor, which is also an important facilitation measure. It is more noticeable within zones when application of investment regulations policy is inconsistent or arbitrary, and suggestions or complaints by investors are much easier to be heard and addressed with zone authorities acting as the lead agency.

Last, governance mechanism of SEZs provides enhanced coordination and collaboration in implementing investment facilitation measures. As complex and different as the institutional setup of SEZs is globally, the broad institutional models of zones are similar among countries with regards to the general structure and the principal actors involved (governments, SEZ authorities, zone developers, operators, and users). Most countries have established an individual SEZ authority with the mandate to initiate and coordinate on investment attraction programs of SEZs. Such authority can coordinate with different agencies within governments and build constructive stakeholder relationships in investment practices. In addition to offering investors seamless access to public services, this designated authority helps to improve the country’s investment environment by communicating with relevant government institutions about recurrent problems faced by investors, which may require changes in investment legislation or procedures in general, the coordinated governance mechanism of SEZs. This coordinated mechanism ensures the equivalent of a whole-of-government approach to investment facilitation. The whole-of-government approach, emphasized by UNCTAD’s Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation, ensures public services agencies working across portfolio boundaries to achieve a shared goal and an integrated government response to particular issues.Footnote 18

There have already been some efforts to combine investment facilitation together with SEZs. On the one hand, SEZ authorities, zone developers, and IPAs have put more emphasis on providing investment facilitation measures in zones as an attraction for investors. Such measures include simplified investment approval processes and expatriate work permits, removal of requirements for import and export licenses, accelerated customs inspection procedures, and automatic foreign exchange access. Besides such regular investment facilitation measures, targeted investment facilitation measures can also be developed based on the zone context, objectives, and investor profiles. For example, in zones specialized in the IT industry, simplifying the application process of connecting to high-quality digital infrastructure and minimizing the costs thereof can be appealing to potential investors.

On the other hand, national authorities are also trying to help SEZs benefit from their national investment facilitation efforts, with the support from international organizations. International organizations have provided dedicated capacity building and technical assistance programs in promoting investment facilitation, encouraging countries to participate in international dialogues on investment facilitation and help implement investment facilitation measures. For example, UNCTAD has developed three systems, eRegulations, eSimplification, and eRegistration,Footnote 19 under its Business Facilitation Programme, to assist governments in developing countries to document and simplify administrative rules and procedures, which are at the core of investment facilitation. For example, Viet Nam became the first country in Asia to implement eRegulation system in 2015, with a national portal and seven provincial eRegulations platforms dedicated to SEZs. After the implementation of these platforms, the process of registering companies has been significantly reduced, and forms required by different administrations were merged into one. The provincial systems have highlighted information of industrial zones and procedural guidance on operation in industrial zones, tech parks, and outside of zones. For a country with 326 industrial zones,Footnote 20 it is of vital importance for zones to be seen as the first step to win. These investment facilitation tools have played an irreplaceable role for SEZs to attract investment, and the experience learned from these SEZ single windows can be replicated and implemented nationwide as the feasibility of these measures is well proven.

9.6 Looking Ahead: Challenges and Opportunities

The full-scale impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on the world economy cannot be underestimated. The disruption it has caused to economic globalization is profound. Global foreign direct investment collapsed in 2020 and there was a very fragile recovery in 2021.Footnote 21 It exacerbates the competitive pressure on SEZs for foreign investment as the pool of global mobile investment has shrank significantly. SEZs in developing countries are expected to be severely hit as a result of their reliance on investment in global value chains (GVCs) intensive and resource-processing industries. SEZs under construction or in planning could be suspended due to lack of funds from governments or shortage of investment. Existing SEZs also face pressure on attracting potential investors. In particular, FDI in manufacturing industries, which accounts for the majority of activities in SEZs in developing countries and is crucial for industrialization of developing countries, is likely to continue its decline. Many specialized SEZs that are developed on vertical specialization and value capture in GVCs will see diminishing returns and increasing divestment, relocations and investment diversion of foreign investors.

However, it does not necessarily lead to a halt in SEZ development. After the global financial crisis in 2008, governments have responded to the increasing competition for FDI with new types of SEZs with sizable financial incentives. SEZs will continue to play an important role in attracting FDI in the post-pandemic world. In addition, the pandemic has demonstrated the importance of a stable and resilient supply chain for global production. The effort of multinational enterprises and other investors to diversify supply bases and build redundancy and resilience will bring opportunities for SEZs. SEZs are ready industrial bases that can be transformed relatively easily to meet the needs of different investors. Zones that have focused on providing raw materials now have the opportunity to move up the value chain by attracting resilience-targeted processing industries. Zones aiming at regional markets and distributed manufacturing are also likely to benefit from more investment as regional market-seeking investment is likely to increase. This will give further impetus to the development of regional zones, cross-border zones, and other forms of international cooperation zones.

At the policy front, however, after the initial emergency investment policymaking that characterized the first year of the COVID-19 pandemic, 2021 has witnessed the investment policymaking in developed and developing countries heading in contrasting directions. Developed countries expanded the protection of strategic companies from foreign takeovers, in a continuation of a trend toward tighter regulation of investment. Conversely, developing countries continued to adopt primarily measures to liberalize, promote or facilitate investment, confirming the important role that FDI plays in their economic recovery strategies. Investment facilitation measures constituted almost 40 percent of all measures more favorable to investment, followed by the opening of new activities to FDI (30 percent) and by new investment incentives (20 percent) in developing countries.Footnote 22 The global experience shows that apart from the short-term and context-specific investment policy responses to crises, some investment policy effects may persist for some time.

As the pandemic has made online service a must instead of an option, it has incentivized governments to accelerate the utilization of online tools and e-platforms. In some countries, online platforms become the only channel to register business, including the business establishments in SEZs. UNCTAD data show that the number of countries with digital information portals increased from 130 to 169 and those with digital single windows from 29 to 75 since 2016.Footnote 23 It significantly improves the accessibility and transparency in investment policies and regulations and procedures, echoing what UNCTAD Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation calls for.

With the accelerated digitalization process, IPAs have also undergone a transformation to respond to the challenges brought by the pandemic. IPAs worldwide have actively transformed their on-site services to online virtual service, which also benefits investors as it helps save time and costs of investors for making site visits. The marketing activities of IPAs have focused more on reassuring investors of a welcoming investment climate and on specific sectors and investment opportunities emerging from renewed national priorities and a growing demand in sectors such as health, food, and agriculture and tech-related sectors.Footnote 24

Going forward, IPAs need to be involved more in the policymaking process as an important agency for investment facilitation. Traditionally, almost all countries have mandated their IPAs to both promote and facilitate investment, as well as providing aftercare services. In some countries, marketing SEZs rely mostly, if not solely, on IPAs. However, IPAs often find themselves to have relatively weak influence on investment policymaking, and their voice advocating complaints and concerns of investors goes unheard as they are more of the role of policy implementation than policymaking. Their firsthand experience from investor promotion and facilitation make them value assets in investment policy formulation and assessment (e.g., in the design of SEZ programs). Their capacity in providing post-investment or aftercare services also needs to be strengthened. By identifying issues during and after the realization of investment project, IPAs can bring concrete suggestions back to government agencies and promote a continuously open and investment friendly environment. In addition, effective aftercare services could help prevent and/or resolve any potential dispute by identifying issues at an early stage and avoiding further escalation to investor–state dispute settlement procedures.

Another factor that could have far-reaching impact on the development of SEZs and investment facilitation is the new industrial revolution, in particular the adoption of robotics-enabled automation, enhanced supply chain digitalization, and additive manufacturing. New types of SEZs and innovative investment facilitation strategies are inspired and developed by these new technologies. Technology-based SEZs such as high-tech, biotech, and 3D-printing zones have seen fast growth in recent years. Such zones emphasize the need of facilitation services in terms of access to skilled resources, labor training, high level of data connectivity, and digital platform and service providers.

The potential influence of the negotiation under the WTO for an investment facilitation for development agreement cannot be overlooked. On September 25, 2020, participants in the structured discussions on investment facilitation for development at the WTO began formal negotiations. Participating WTO members have mostly discussed the following four topics: improving the transparency and predictability of investment measures; simplifying and speeding up investment-related administrative procedures; strengthening the dialogue between governments and investors; and promoting the uptake by companies of responsible business conduct practices, as well as preventing and fighting corruption and ensuring special and differential treatment, technical assistance, and capacity building for developing and least developed countries.Footnote 25

The measures under discussion have shared features with many existing measures in SEZs, such as establishing online portal to promote accessibility and transparency in investment policies and procedures, single-window or one-stop shop to deliver government services to businesses within SEZs, and shortening application processing time and the use of time-bound approval processes. SEZs can become a tool for relatively fast implementation of investment facilitation commitments in countries where a nation-wide implementation may be difficult due to technical and/or financial reasons. SEZs can also serve as a test field for governments when they decide to unilaterally provide more favorable conditions to foreign investors or investors of a certain sector without violating their international obligations.

It is undeniable that a national investment facilitation program aiming at improving business environment as a whole may erode some of the advantages SEZs currently enjoy. However, SEZs are more than providing a business-friendly environment. Many benefits SEZs can offer the investors, as elaborated in previous sections, are beyond the scope of investment facilitation, for example, better infrastructure, cluster effect, and talent pools. SEZs can be the winning edge of one country’s attraction for foreign investment as an overall welcoming business environment with investment facilitation measure fully implemented serving as the ground.

9.7 Conclusion

SEZs and investment facilitation are key industrial and investment policy tools widely used around the world. They complement each other and can be mutually reinforcing. SEZs have a unique advantage in developing and implementing investment facilitation measures. Meanwhile, investment facilitation can be a key differentiator for SEZs. Some 500 SEZs are in the pipeline for development in the coming years, and countries are making considerable effort in investment facilitation. However, this is taking place in a shrinking pool of efficiency-seeking investment. Competition for global mobile investment will be more intense as incentive-based investment promotion activities are becoming increasingly homogeneous. Countries will rely more on investment facilitation and a friendly and enabling investment environment to win the competition.

The crisis caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the transformation of international production in the next decade have brought new challenges and opportunities to investment policymakers. Confronting the challenges and capturing the opportunities require innovative thinking in SEZ development and investment facilitation. Efforts need to be made to combine SEZs and investment facilitation measures to maximize their contributions to countries’ economic growth. During this process, SEZs have the opportunity to transform to a new-generation SDG model zones with a strategic focus on SDG-oriented investment, the highest level of environmental, social, and governance standards and compliance, and promotion of inclusive growth through linkages and spillovers.Footnote 26 And investment facilitation measures can be more target-driven and benefit from their experimental tests in SEZs. International organizations, such as UNCTAD, outward investment agencies, and IPA association, can play an important role in facilitating this process. If international consensus on investment facilitation is to be reached, technical assistance will be essential in its implementation.

10 Investment Facilitation and the Global Technology Sector Intergovernmental Cooperation versus Geopolitical Rivalry

Simon B. C. Lacey
10.1 Introduction

This chapter first examines some of the so-called push-and-pull factors that influence investment decisions in the global technology industry generally but also the digital economy specifically. In doing so, it seeks to provide some insights into what concrete steps policymakers could and should take over short to medium terms in order to increase the ‘magnetism’ of their own jurisdictions (cities, regions, countries, territories, or States) for attracting desirable forms of investment in technology and the digital economy. Here, the assumption is that the most desirable forms of such investment are those that bring with them well-paid and highly skilled jobs, create new sources of tax revenue for the host government(s), stimulate economic activity that does not cause environmental degradation, and finally helps the host economy to climb the chain of value creation and thereby better position itself to attract more such investment and economic activity in a self-reinforcing virtuous circle.Footnote 1

The chapter then turns to an analysis of several intergovernmental initiatives on investment policymaking that seek, either explicitly or implicitly, to address the needs of the global technology industry with respect to one or several of the major investment constraints faced by it. The analysis finds that despite appearances to the contrary, there is a large degree of consensus among States of various ideological persuasions and governance models on the optimal conditions or the minimum degree of regulatory certainty (technology) firms and investors can and should be able to expect from host governments. For the most part, this consensus has already been articulated in different forms and fora, including the G20, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), the World Trade Organization (WTO), and investment chapters in various free trade agreements (FTAs). However, it is equally true that for the most part (i.e., outside the WTO and FTAs), this consensus exists in the absence of binding enforcement mechanisms. This is because governments have consistently insisted upon preserving for themselves considerable policy space in areas which they deem to be important to their regulatory autonomy and future economic viability, particularly in the area of interest here, namely, technology and the digital economy.

The chapter concludes that despite the deterioration in trust between major economic powers that have taken place over the last half-decade or so at the geopolitical level, incremental but potentially important progress continues to be made on improving the regulatory governance that underpins countries’ investment environments. This is happening both at the WTO in the context of the Investment Facilitation for Development (IFD) Agreement and in the context of bilateral, regional, and megaregional FTAs that articulate important commitments both within their dedicated investment chapters and elsewhere.

10.2 Pull Factors for Technology Investors and Digital Economy Firms

There are a number of policy choices that governments can take to make their jurisdictions more attractive to investment from actors in the global technology industry or the digital economy. Noteworthy here and explored in more detail in Section 10.3 of this chapter is that many of these policy choices already enjoy a strong degree of consensus among a large number of governments, despite a strong degree of heterogeneity in terms of these countries’ respective political ideologies, the quality of legislative and regulatory governance, and very different levels of economic development.

10.2.1 Market Openness

Most governments actively seek foreign direct investment in sectors like infrastructure, real estate development, and other areas where they face almost unlimited wants but limited fiscal means. Many governments have also realized the potential inherent to the technology industry and the digital economy to create large numbers of well-paid jobs and are keen to attract investment into these sectors for this very reason. This usually implies that the openness of investment markets in the technology and digital sectors tends to be a given. This will not be true, however where calls for an open investment regime are confronted by a similarly important set of policy imperatives in the form of national security or strategic industrial policy. Indeed, as this chapter lays out in more detail later, those constraints that persist and that have even been on the rise recently with respect to investment openness in the technology and digital sectors are almost invariably justified by virtue of either or both of these two higher-order policy considerations.Footnote 2

Where countries wish to signal the openness of their investment markets, they have several ways of doing this. One way for WTO members is to make commensurate commitments under mode 3 market access in their respective schedule of specific commitments of the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS). This is because mode 3 is just a technical term for commercial presence, otherwise understood as the ability of service providers to reach customers in foreign markets by setting up a local office or subsidiary there. Much of the value creation that pervades the digital economy resides in the provision of services.Footnote 3 Another way for governments to signal open markets to foreign investors is to make market access commitments in either bilateral investment treaties or in the investment chapters of free trade agreements.

One important aspect of signaling investment market openness is to limit the incidence or alleviate the burden of investment screening mechanisms. This chapter discusses in some detail the increasing use of investment screening mechanisms made by several governments in the technology and digital sectors, which, when combined with other measures, have led to a sudden and significant reversal of investment flows from China to the United States and the European Union (see Section 10.3.2). Apart from raising the level of uncertainty for a given transaction, investment screening mechanisms also raise costs and expose a potential investor to invasive and often unwanted scrutiny. This is in addition to the negative publicity (reputational risk) that will inevitably ensue if a proposed transaction is blocked, thereby resulting in immediate and negative fallout on a company’s share price.

The most common justification given by governments for both enacting investment screening mechanisms and using them to prevent the consummation of specific transactions is national security concerns. This particular policy rationale is favored for various reasons, but arguably the most important is the perceived freedom from judicial scrutiny that invoking national security affords governments.Footnote 4 Indeed, the limits of what governments can and cannot do in order to defend their own national security interests is something that there is currently little to no international consensus on. In fact, it is probably fair to say that the only consensus that seems to be emerging on this issue is that no government is willing to abide any form of constraint in defining the limits of its regulatory sovereignty when defending what it perceives to be the national interest.Footnote 5

10.2.2 Nondiscrimination

Nondiscrimination in the context of foreign investment is best understood as treating all investors equally in all areas of law and regulation, irrespective of their country of origin.Footnote 6 This has important implications for foreign investors, both in terms of procedural fairness as well as their ability to contest markets on a level playing field vis-à-vis other firms (both domestic and foreign). The underlying logic here is that it is simply not fair to apply laws more restrictively or make regulatory requirements tougher for foreign firms. In fact, doing so is very likely to skewer market outcomes in favor of a set of privileged firms that may simply not be as efficient as their foreign competitors. One important way that governments can implement this policy objective is by removing any reference to nationality or country of origin in the laws and regulations that govern both investment and different economic sectors and by ensuring that these laws and regulations are implemented evenly without favoring the interests of one group of actors over those of another.

Nondiscrimination for foreign investors is something on which there is really only an international consensus in principle since many governments continue to make nationality or country of origin a determinative factor in what companies are allowed to do in their economies and how the law is to be applied to them. This is permissible since – as shall be discussed in more detail later – many of the international initiatives to establish common standards on the treatment of foreign investors (and that explicitly mention nondiscrimination) are best endeavor frameworks that do not bestow obligations on sovereign governments or actionable rights on foreign investors. In the context of investment chapters in FTAs, countries get around strict adherence to nondiscrimination by explicitly scheduling any nonconforming measures that violate this principle (UNCTAD, 2006).Footnote 7

10.2.3 Sound Regulatory Governance

Sound regulatory governance has an inordinately important impact on the predictability of doing business in a country. Most business owners and investors prefer predictability because it allows them to engage in medium- to long-term planning and thus to optimize costs. Unpredictability essentially impedes proper planning, and in doing so raises exposure to increased costs. Sound regulatory governance manifests itself in a number of ways, such as by notice and comment procedures for the enactment of new laws and regulations, particularly when these are likely to impact sectors where foreign investors are present. Another indicator of sound regulatory governance is proportionality of regulatory interventions, meaning that regulators intervene following a careful weighing and balancing of the interests at stake through regulatory impact assessments.Footnote 8

These kinds of imperatives are starting to find expression in multilateral instruments on trade and investment, such as in the G20 Guiding Principles for Global Investment Policy Making, the UNCTAD Investment Policy Framework for Sustainable Development, and proposals for a draft agreement in the context of structured discussions currently ongoing at the WTO on Investment Facilitation for Development (all discussed in more detail in Section 10.4). This indicates a high degree of consensus in principle on this issue. However, making genuine improvements in the area of regulatory governance is a slow and difficult process since it goes right to the heart of a country’s underlying political–economy power structures. International agreements can be supportive of this process, but what is really needed here is strong political leadership.Footnote 9

10.2.4 Enabling Legislative Environment

A number of areas of the law are of general concern to foreign investors and of strategic importance to investment in the technology sector and the digital economy more specifically. One is intellectual property. Governments that want to attract investment, particularly foreign investment, into sectors that rely on research and innovation need to ensure adequate protection of intellectual property rights, both as a matter of formal law and in terms of their enforcement. When Singapore made the decision to become a global center of innovation in biotechnology, one of the first flanking policies it needed to implement was a tangible upgrading of its intellectual property laws.Footnote 10 Of course, countries also want to ensure that they can move up the value chain so that when they invite foreign firms into their markets, they want to encourage technology transfer. This needs to be done in a way that does not represent coercion and so that foreign firms feel they are not being strong-armed into giving up their most precious and cutting-edge intellectual property. Research seems to demonstrate that the right regulatory balance governments need to strike in the area of protection of intellectual property rights is one that is not too strict and not too lax, a kind of ‘Goldilocks ideal’ that allows new and innovative business models to thrive but also offers an effective level of protection to those who do invest significant resources to develop their own IP.Footnote 11

Another important area of legislation that is of overriding importance to investors, but particularly to investors in the technology and digital sectors, consists of regulation of labor markets. This is largely because of the important role that skills and technical expertise play in these sectors. Governments wishing to attract investors or firms in these sectors need to either ensure that a sufficiently deep and broad pool of labor with these skills is already on hand or can be easily ‘imported’. Such labor market regulation often involves targeted policy interventions to create such labor pools (which can admittedly take decades), or a certain international openness and flexibility with respect to skilled labor mobility. Furthermore, the flexibility and openness that should characterize labor markets wishing to attract investment and firms in the technology and digital sectors cannot be limited only to technical professions and skills but must also extend to senior management. Firms in these sectors want the regulatory freedom of action to staff senior management roles, and domestic labor law requirements must be flexible and open enough to permit this. This imperative has already found expression in a number of bilateral investment treaties and FTA chapters on investment discussed in more detail under Section 10.4.3.

10.3 Push Factors Dissuading Investment by Technology and Digital Firms

This next section examines a number of the investment barriers faced by firms in the technology sector and the digital economy. In doing so, it focuses on the three most prevalent forms of investment restrictions impacting these sectors. The first of these comprise outright bans on foreign investment into predefined sectors of economic activity. The second are investment screening procedures (already alluded to earlier) that seek to determine whether a planned investment poses a threat to national security or any other strategic interest. The third are measures that significantly impact companies’ freedom of action once they have been allowed to enter a market.

10.3.1 Closed-Door Investment Regimes

Many countries set strict limits on foreign investment into their technology sectors or into other areas of the digital economy, whereas other countries preclude such investment outright. To name just one example, Canada maintains what the United States has characterized as ‘one of the most restrictive telecommunication regimes among developed countries’ because of limits on foreign ownership of certain existing suppliers of facilities-based telecommunications services and a requirement that at least 80 percent of board members must be Canadian citizens.Footnote 12 Closed-door or highly restrictive investment regimes run contrary to the principle of market openness, which many countries, including Canada, openly espouse in their commitment to international guidelines such as those developed by the G20 and UNCTAD and policy frameworks such as those elaborated by the OECD (all discussed in more detail earlier). However, investment market openness (like free trade) is not an absolute principle, but rather one that is relativized by other overarching considerations and policy priorities. For example, in justifying its closed investment regime in telecommunications, Canada invokes national security concerns and access to essential critical communications infrastructure. Furthermore, the guidelines and frameworks developed by the G20, UNCTAD, and the OECD are not intended to be binding treaty instruments that would engage state responsibility in the event of noncompliance. Even treaty commitments under WTO agreements or FTAs provide sufficient flexibilities (referred to as ‘policy space’) that allow governments to reserve and essentially carve out entire sectors from liberalization commitments such as an open-door investment regime.

10.3.2 Investment Screening Procedures

The history and evolution of investment screening procedures have been covered in great detail elsewhere.Footnote 13 Suffice to say here that in recent history, this has been the investment restriction of choice for governments seeking to prevent the acquisition of domestic technologies or other critical assets, particularly against investment from China.Footnote 14 The United States, as one of the most technologically advanced countries, with a handful of some of the most dominant companies in the digital economy, has arguably been at the forefront of establishing investment screening mechanisms as well as tightening their application to make them more surgically targeted at investments from its biggest emerging geopolitical rival, China.Footnote 15 In August 2018, then President Trump signed into law the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act (FIRRMA), in response to widespread concerns about the risks faced by United States’ technology companies primarily from FDI emanating from China. In addition to a number of procedural amendments, FIRRMA increased the scope of review powers of the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CIFIUS) to include any noncontrolling investment in United States’ businesses involved in critical technology, critical infrastructure, or collecting sensitive data on United States’ citizens (Jackson, 2020).Footnote 16 This was part of a wider pushback against encroaching Chinese technological leadership that included an investigation into Chinese practices in the area of forced technology transfer and a concerted campaign against Chinese technology leaders such as Huawei and TikTok.

The European Union has also felt compelled to act in the face of massive FDI inflows from China and acquisitions by Chinese buyers that peaked in 2016 and set off alarm bells as well as a great deal of introspection as to how open Europe should be to investment from third countries across many strategic sectors. This introspection was deemed all the more important since China itself maintains strict controls on inbound investment to a long list of sectors, both strategic and otherwise. This culminated in a number of countries introducing new or tightening existing investment screening measures, whereas at the EU level, a new investment screening mechanism that had first been touted in 2017 entered into force in April 2019.Footnote 17 The underlying intent in adopting this framework was perhaps best summed up by Jean-Claude Juncker, President of the European Commission, in his 2017 State of the Union Address, in which he called for reciprocity in the EU’s trading relations, saying ‘we have to get what we give’, and also emphatically stated, ‘Let me say once and for all: we are not naïve free traders. Europe must always defend its strategic interests’.Footnote 18

10.3.3 Regulatory Constraints

Regulatory constraints come in many shapes and sizes, with various forms and functions. This chapter discusses three that have arguably the most far-reaching implications for the global technology sector and digital economy firms, namely, forced data localization (a relatively new problem), local content requirements (an old problem), and forced technology transfer (an old practice that recently became a problem).

Forced data localization requirements mandate that companies that collect, store, and process data on their customers do so within a confined territorial jurisdiction, usually the country or territory imposing the requirement. An increasing number of countries are resorting to these kinds of policies, for a range of different stated policy reasons. This is encountering considerable pushback from the global technology industry, which argues these measures do very little to achieve the purported objectives governments claim to be pursuing when enacting and enforcing them.Footnote 19 India (like many other countries) makes frequent use of data localization requirements in different sectors. For example, in the online payments sector, the Reserve Bank of India enacted legislation in October 2018 requiring all payment service suppliers to store all information related to electronic payments by Indian citizens on servers located in India.Footnote 20

Although much has been made of the negative impact of data localization requirements on raising costs across the industry,Footnote 21 it is equally true that these and other data sovereignty policies are an important factor driving a wave of increased investment into the construction of new data centers, together with other significant structural trends that are likewise driving this growth.Footnote 22 In addition to this, there is also an important body of research that cites the contribution that geographically proximate data centers can have on lowering latency and thus improving user experiences and sales across a broad array of applications and scenarios.Footnote 23 However, the cost–benefits analysis plays out, as investors and digital economy firms generally want or need to have the regulatory freedom of action to be able to decide what the best business solution is for either localizing data or transferring it abroad. Particularly the growth in importance of cloud computing services for enabling companies not only to save on data storage costs but also to avail themselves of a wide range of important digital technologies that are offered in the cloud means that data localization requirements are almost inevitably going to diminish the value of a given investment or raise the costs of investing in a jurisdiction that imposes them.

By the same token, local content requirements are seen by investors and digital firms as just another way host governments artificially and unnecessarily drive up compliance costs.Footnote 24 Local content requirements can also give rise to severe business continuity problems since complying with them can be either economically infeasible or practically impossible. This is what has been happening over the last few years in Indonesia, where all 4G-LTE-enabled devices have been required to contain a minimum of 30 percent local content, and all 4G-LTE base stations have likewise been required to contain at least 40 percent local content. In order to meet these thresholds, companies importing these products must demonstrate local manufacturing, design, or development; the production of software applications; or investment commitments.Footnote 25 In order to meet these requirements, Apple announced in 2017 that it would be opening an innovation center in Jakarta, and in 2018, it effectively opened a developer academy to purportedly ‘train the next generation of app developers on the world’s most advanced mobile operating system’.Footnote 26 Samsung, for its part, opened a factory for the ‘production’ (meaning here assembly) of smartphones in Jakarta in 2015.Footnote 27

It has been argued that forced technology transfer is something of a misnomer since companies choose to transfer technology in exchange for some form of consideration, usually market access. The country that comes in for some of the most wide-scale and vocal criticism with respect to forced technology transfer is China. The United States, who has long been the most active country in seeking to improve the protection and enforcement of IP in China more generally,Footnote 28 took a more litigious approach in 2017 by launching a Section 301 investigation against Chinese policies and practices in the area of forced technology transfer. This investigation culminated in a set of reports published the following year expressing a number of grievances against China’s alleged practices in this area.Footnote 29 Indeed, it was these reports that then President Trump used as the justification for the unilateral imposition of punitive tariffs, which started a trade war between the two countries and were also found to be WTO noncompliant some two years later by a WTO dispute settlement panel.Footnote 30

The EU, for its part, has also sought to challenge the alleged widespread nature of forced technology transfer in China by launching a WTO case targeting these practices.Footnote 31 In its request for consultations, the EU alleges that China’s measures violate a number of its commitments under the WTO Agreement on Trade-Related Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPs). One specific allegation the EU makes in this context is that ‘China limits the rights of foreign patent holders to assign or transfer by succession patents and to conclude licensing contracts, contrary to its obligations under Article 28.2 of the TRIPs Agreement’ and that ‘[because] of these restrictions, China also fails to ensure effective protection for foreign intellectual property rights holders of undisclosed information contrary to its obligations under Article 39.1 and 39.2 of the TRIPs Agreement’.Footnote 32 For the global technology industry, the approaches taken by the United States and the EU are arguably a piece of geopolitical theatre or big-power posturing. Companies with proprietary technologies doing business in China have long appreciated the risk–reward calculus that underpins these kinds of business and investment decisions. They adopt various strategies to either safeguard their most sensitive secrets or conclude that, because technology is based on something as immaterial as information, knowledge, and skills, it is only a question of time before these factors become widely known and adopted by partner firms that may one day become competitors. Instead, technology firms reason that they must therefore maintain their edge by the superiority of their value proposition and the quality of their management practices more generally.Footnote 33

10.4 International Cooperation on Investment Policy

This section analyzes a number of different international initiatives aimed at adopting disciplines on investment that, although not targeted at investment in the technology sector or digital economy specifically, are nevertheless well equipped to significantly reduce investment barriers and freedom-of-action constraints on technology firms and digital actors that engage in cross-border FDI. These initiatives are taking place in fora such as the G20, the OECD, UNCTAD, and the WTO, as well as under bilateral and regional free trade agreements. This analysis takes place under three distinct pillars. The first pillar examines those initiatives that do not seek to enact or impose binding obligations on participating States (i.e., best endeavor initiatives). Under the next pillar, Part IV examines and discusses those provisions under WTO law that effectively seek to place binding constraints on what governments can and cannot do in terms of investment policy, including new rules currently being negotiated under a potential WTO Investment Facilitation for Development Agreement. The third pillar of this analysis examines what common threads can be identified in investment chapters in different free trade agreements, particularly the post-NAFTA FTA landscape.

10.4.1 Best Endeavor Initiatives at the G20, OECD, and UNCTAD

The initiatives concluded under the G20, the OECD, and UNCTAD all represent nonbinding, best endeavor frameworks that arguably do little to effectively constrain governments but that nevertheless lay out a set of common understandings in principle. Although the lack of an effective enforcement mechanism for these frameworks may limit their ability to constrain government intervention and as such likewise limit their usefulness for firms seeking greater predictability and security, this should not detract from the fact that they can serve a useful signaling purpose in terms of identifying where consensus is (or rather was) starting to emerge on what principles, rules, and limits should apply to regulating foreign investment and the space this affords investors in the technology sector and the digital economy.

The G20 Guiding Principles for Global Investment Policymaking are the culmination of an ambitious push, spearheaded by the Chinese government during its presidency of the G20 in 2016. They articulate a consensus on where policymaking should be headed as the interests of developed and developing countries start to converge now that they have each become both the source and the destination of increasing flows of foreign direct investment. The G20 Guiding Principles represent a fairly universally held consensus on a set of landing zones or lowest-common denominator benchmarks from which to start more ambitious negotiations in other fora, particularly the WTO Investment Facilitation talks – likewise discussed in more detail here. In terms of their substantive contribution to investment conditions for the global technology industry and digital economy firms, the Principles affirm the need to avoid protectionism and to have an open, nondiscriminatory, and predictable investment environment. In addition to this, the affirmation of the importance of legal certainty and strong protection for investors and investment, and of the desirability of stakeholder participation when developing new regulations that impact investment are equally welcome as statements of principle on raising the quality of regulatory governance generally. The Principles essentially demonstrate that governments in G20 countries have realized what investors need (market access, a level playing field and regulatory predictability) and their willingness to acknowledge this by embodying this realization in the context of an international declaration arguably provides some important signaling. At least this was the situation in 2016, before both the Trump presidency and the COVID-19 pandemic. The lack of congruity between the aspirations expressed in the Guiding Principles and the many investment policy measures taken by G20 countries since then are enough to give one considerable pause in pondering the value of such political declarations.Footnote 34

The OECD Policy Framework for Investment represents a more consensus-based and constructive peer-review approach that was ultimately adopted in the wake of the failure of OECD members to negotiate a Multilateral Agreement on Investment (MAI) in 1998.Footnote 35 Its focus is on providing recommendations – following voluntary reviews – to governments on how they can improve the investment climate in their respective countries. This approach, initially dubbed the Policy Framework for Investment, was first launched in 2006, with its methodology updated in 2015 to include investment policies conducive to supporting the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Essentially the Framework asks policymakers to respond to a series of questions in various areas of policy and regulation that have a direct impact on the investment climate. These questions involve consensus issues such as nondiscrimination, minimizing the burden regulations imposed on investors, or striking the right balance of interests when fostering innovation and protecting intellectual property rights. This is a nonconfrontational and non-litigious way to encourage domestic reform in the area of investment policy since the incentives for the government under review and those conducting the review are aligned in a way that is fundamentally different than would be the case in the context of FTA negotiations or investor–state arbitration. By its very nature, the Framework compels host governments to think about the economic and efficiency implications of any shortcomings in their investment regimes, as identified during the review, and of ways in which the regulatory environment for investment can be improved.

The UNCTAD Policy Framework for Sustainable Development was launched in 2012 and represents one of many tools UNCTAD provides to policymakers in the area of investment, including country-specific investment policy reviews, of which more than fifty have been conducted since 1999. The Investment Policy Framework contains a set of principles that are nonbinding and somewhat light on prescriptive provisions that seek to set any kind of meaningful limits on governments’ regulatory autonomy. That being said, the UNCTAD Principles do implicitly exhort governments to attain a high standard of investment governance, by, for example, stating that investment policies ‘should be developed involving all stakeholders, and embedded in an institutional framework based on the rule of law that adheres to high standards of public governance and ensures predictable, efficient and transparent procedures for investors’.Footnote 36 The UNCTAD Principles also exhort governments to have open investment regimes, to provide adequate protection to investors, and to treat them without discrimination. Although Principle 5 recognizes governments’ right to regulate, it does this in the absence of any exhortation to do so within the limits of proportionality or in a way that is minimally disruptive to the interests of established investors. Nevertheless, as a baseline for where consensus has already been achieved on sound investment governance, the UNCTAD Principles are helpful, and future work to elaborate binding and actionable rules on investment can take the UNCTAD Principles as a starting point. This is arguably what is happening in the context of the talks currently taking place at the WTO on a potential WTO Agreement on Investment Facilitation for Development, discussed in more detail in the following text.

10.4.2 WTO Disciplines Present and Future

Contrary to the aspirational and best endeavor frameworks discussed in the previous section, this section focuses on the harder and more binding rules of the WTO as they relate to investment. The analysis begins with the WTO Agreement on Trade-Related Investment Measures (TRIMs), before moving on to the GATS, and culminates in an examination of recently initiated efforts to establish a new set of rules on investment facilitation.

The TRIMs Agreement was one of the three new issues introduced into the Uruguay Round on the insistence of the United States, the other two being trade in services – culminating in the GATS – and Trade-Related Intellectual Property Rights – culminating in the TRIPs Agreement.Footnote 37 Despite the original ambitions of the United States to negotiate an ambitious new agreement governing such measures, these ambitions were ultimately frustrated by the opposition of developing countries, led by Brazil and India.Footnote 38 Because of this resistance, the TRIMs Agreement we have today is essentially just a restatement of GATT disciplines on national treatment (GATT Article III) and quantitative restrictions (GATT Article IX) as applied to an illustrative list of trade-related investment measures set out in an Annex to the Agreement and as articulated in a 1980s GATT Panel involving a set of requirements under Canadian law subject to which foreign investors would be allowed to invest in Canada.Footnote 39 Despite its limitations, the TRIMs Agreement has had limited success in policing some of the most flagrant discriminatory investment-related measures, such as in the context of Indonesia’s ill-fated plans to launch a national automotive industry,Footnote 40 although it has yet to be tested in the area of technology or the digital economy.

In contrast to the limited scope and applicability of the TRIMs Agreement, the WTO General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) and the mechanisms it creates for WTO members to undertake commitments with respect to mode 3 trade in services (provided through commercial presence) offer a considerable degree of regulatory certainty to investors. Provided their activities fall within the substantive scope of the GATS (i.e., they are services), foreign investors hailing from another WTO member can enjoy some degree of regulatory certainty in another WTO member by virtue of the general obligations that apply in the area of nondiscrimination and transparency. In addition to this, foreign investors can likewise rely on certain expectations with respect to market access, a level playing field, and domestic regulation when the host State (also a WTO member) has made commensurate (mode 3) commitments. Indeed, the obligations imposed on members with respect to domestic regulation, which recently were further clarified by WTO members under a new agreement, must be considered as an articulation of the principles of sound regulatory governance that enjoy a broad consensus within the meaning of the analysis of investment regimes being carried out here.

The WTO Joint Statement Initiative on Investment Facilitation for Development (IFD) is the culmination of many decades of efforts to increasingly codify, within the multilateral trading system, the obvious links that exist between trade and investment – links that even the architects of the abortive International Trade Organization (ITO) and its stillborn Charter were well aware of.Footnote 41 Although not formally endorsed as part of the Ministerial Declaration that was issued at the conclusion of the 11th Ministerial Conference in Buenos Aires, a sizeable group of seventy countries nevertheless issued a joint statement calling for the initiation of structured discussions with the aim of developing a multilateral framework on investment facilitation.Footnote 42 These talks are discussed in considerably more detail in other chapters of this volume; suffice to say here that at the time of writing, some 110 WTO members and thus two-thirds of the current membership are now participating in these talks, with a view to concluding a new WTO Agreement on Investment Facilitation for Development by the end of 2022.Footnote 43

Based on the text proposals that were being discussed through the end of 2021, particularly the so-called Easter Text,Footnote 44 a number of tangible outcomes are beginning to take shape that, if enacted, would be likely to go some way in addressing the needs of the global technology industry and digital economy firms (as discussed in Section 10.1 of this chapter). This is true, for example, of the proposed new disciplines to boost transparency under Section II with respect to both current investment measures and proposed measures, with a corresponding notice and comment period. Textual proposals on streamlining and speeding up of administrative procedures (Section III) could also potentially go a long way in reducing the compliance burden and accelerating approvals when specific transactions are time-sensitive and need to be cleared quickly, something particularly important in the fast-moving technology sector. This Section of the draft agreement would also include due process provisions that can only make a positive contribution to the investment governance of many WTO members, if implemented.

Finally, worth mentioning in the context of the analysis being undertaken here are the proposed provisions contained in Section IV of the draft agreement, which taken together, aim to improve internal and cross-border administrative cooperation and regulatory coherence.Footnote 45 These provisions are again aimed at improving the quality of the domestic institutional landscape that foreign investors must navigate. By doing so, these provisions aim to reduce investors’ exposure to arbitrary, discriminatory, and other regulatory interventions perpetrated or tolerated by the host government that either drastically undermine the value of these investments or tilt the playing field against them in a way that is prone to dramatically upset the calculus of risk and reward that these investments were predicated on in the first place. In doing so, the structured dialogue on investment facilitation for development appears to be bringing the WTO incrementally closer to the objectives sought under the OECD Investment Policy Framework with respect to the quality investment regimes, economic governance, and rule of law outcomes that the latter seeks to promote.

10.4.3 Investment Chapters in Free Trade Agreements

This next and final section on international cooperation in investment examines what has transpired in the context of free trade agreements. It begins with a brief discussion of the historical antecedents of investment provisions in the context of broader treaty arrangements primarily focused on international trade. The discussion then moves on to the modern era, particularly when this trend really took off, namely, in the context of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). The investment provisions of NAFTA have served as a template for many subsequent trade agreements both between the United States and its FTA partners and beyond, culminating in the first and most recent update of this agreement, the United States–Mexico–Canada Agreement (USMCA).

Investment was included in the abortive ITO Charter, negotiated as part of the postwar international economic architecture, and even then – as now – was closely linked to the issue of economic development.Footnote 46 The investment provisions of the ITO Charter were focused more on guaranteeing foreign investors most-favored-nation (MFN), and national treatment, as well as providing protection to them against ‘unreasonable or unjustified action […] injurious to the rights or interests of national of other Members …’.Footnote 47 Thus, in no small way, these provisions resembled those that were then being sought under different treaties of friendship, commerce, and navigation and later under bilateral investment treaties, and as well as in the investment chapters of FTAs.Footnote 48

The current explosion in the negotiation of bilateral and regional free trade agreements arguably started in 1985 with the FTA between the United States and Israel, followed shortly thereafter by the 1987 FTA between Canada and the United States, which was itself followed by NAFTA in 1993. All subsequent FTAs that have been negotiated between the United States and its trading partners, including the 2018 USMCA and the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP; which the United States ultimately withdrew from), have included provisions in their investment chapters largely predicated on the template that first emerged as NAFTA Chapter 11-Investment.Footnote 49 In fact the set of standards or minimum base lines that started to emerge in NAFTA (discussed in more detail later) have also become the norm (with slight deviations and carve-outs) for the European Union and even in FTAs negotiated by large middle-income developing countries such as China, Indonesia, and India.

What one finds in NAFTA and the many FTAs that have followed this template since are a core set of provisions that seek to place material constraints on host governments’ regulatory autonomy, albeit subject to various different scope limitations, carve-outs, and exceptions. The first of these concern nondiscrimination, usually with provisions on both national treatment and MFN.Footnote 50 The second set of provisions seek to guarantee a minimum standard of treatment for foreign investors and their investments ‘in accordance with international law, including fair and equitable treatment and full protection and security’.Footnote 51 The third set of provisions concern performance requirements and seek to stop host governments from setting minimum export requirements, or local content requirements, or technology transfer requirements or other policies that seriously constrain foreign investors or their investments from making decisions on sourcing and distribution on the basis of purely commercial considerations.Footnote 52 Yet another set of provisions concern expropriation, so that host governments refrain from doing this unless under specific circumstances, such as in pursuit of a public purpose, under due process of law, on a nondiscriminatory basis, and subject to ‘payment of prompt, adequate and effective compensation’.Footnote 53 Yet another set of provisions concern the ability of foreign investors to expatriate earnings, profits, and other proceeds or payments back to their home country.Footnote 54 Another set of provisions concern senior management and boards of directors and seek to constrain the ability of host governments to prevent foreign investors and their investments from appointing their own senior management personnel or running the executive organs of their corporate bodies in a way that allows them to retain effective control of these organs.Footnote 55 Finally, these chapters tend to include detailed provisions on dispute settlement that provide either for third-party investment arbitration or in the case of the Canada–EU Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement (CETA), referral to the Tribunal established under the auspices of the agreement itself.Footnote 56

As NAFTA was superseded by the Agreement between the United States of America, the United Mexican States, and Canada (USMCA) – which entered into force on July 1, 2020 – some commentators have highlighted what they interpret as a weakening of the protection provided under the new rules.Footnote 57 Yet another important set of limitations in terms of the protection afforded to investors under the investment chapters of FTAs vis-à-vis the regulatory autonomy granted the authorities of host States come through the introduction in the USMCA of limiting language citing ‘legitimate public welfare objectives’ in the context of the two core nondiscrimination provisions (14.4 on National Treatment and 14.5 on MFN), which will attenuate any ‘like circumstances’ analysis made in the application of these provisions. The effective impact of this change remains to be seen, but what it says about where governments increasingly see the balance between the rights of investors and governments’ right to regulate is significant.Footnote 58

Despite the limited rolling back seen in the domain of investment protection, USMCA did nevertheless set a series of new and important regulatory constraints that do far more for the global technology sector and digital economy firms than anything previously negotiated.Footnote 59 For example, a comparison of the USMCA and corresponding CPTPP provisions on cross-border data flows (Article 14.11 of the CPTPP and Article 19.11 of the USMCA, respectively) shows that they both contain the same substantive obligations. Each sets forth a general ban on restrictions on cross-border data flows made in the course of business. However, this ban is caveated by a public policy exception, which is limited to interventions that are ‘not applied in a manner which would constitute a means of arbitrary or unjustifiable discrimination or a disguised restriction on trade’. Moreover, these interventions must adhere to abide by the principle of proportionality (i.e., ‘not impose restrictions on transfers of information greater than are required to achieve the [legitimate public policy] objective [in question]’). However, the corresponding article in the USMCA goes slightly further, in that a footnote to it clarifies that ‘a measure does not meet the conditions of this paragraph if it accords different treatment to data transfers solely on the basis that they are cross-border in a manner that modifies the conditions of competition to the detriment of service suppliers of another Party’. This qualifying language further strengthens the position of affected companies while at the same time further proscribing the regulatory autonomy of intervening authorities.

By the same token, the (limited) protections afforded in the CPTPP against the mandatory disclosure of source code (Article 14.17) is likewise granted under the USMCA, but is – importantly – also extended to algorithms expressed in the source code and – equally importantly – the relevant USMCA provision (Article 19:16) does not contain the explicit substantive scope limitations set out in the CPTPP provisions, which only extend the article’s protections to mass-market software and explicitly exclude software used in critical infrastructure from these protections. These differences are again potentially important. First, the significance of explicitly extending the protection afforded to algorithms should not go unnoticed, given the 2020 furor over TikTok, which was based as much on the app’s collection and processing of private user information as it was on the power of its underlying algorithm – which is what makes it so addictive and thus so successful in the first place.Footnote 60 Second, by expanding the protection offered under the article to both customized software applications and software in the critical infrastructure space, the language effectively captures several billion dollars’ worth of economic activity including those that design, implement, and operate bespoke software solutions to massively important sectors of the modern-day economy, including utilities, transport, and – perhaps most significantly – the financial system. These applications, service suppliers and sectors were all carved out of the corresponding provisions of the CPTPP, but this is not true under the USMCA.

Yet another important way in which the USMCA goes beyond the CPTPP in prescribing the regulatory autonomy of signatories with respect to the investments and activities of digital firms is in the area of data localization. Whereas here, the CPTPP pursues (in Article 14.13) a similar approach to that discussed earlier on cross-border data flows (i.e., a general rule, caveated by a public policy exception, which is itself limited by so-called chapeau-like language and a proportionality requirement), the corresponding provision in the USMCA contains only the general ban. This essentially means exactly what the provision (Article 19.12) says, namely, ‘[no] Party shall require a covered person to use or locate computing facilities in that Party’s territory as a condition for conducting business in that territory’. This is as unequivocal a ban on the use of forced data localization as the global technology industry is ever likely to desire and – moreover – ever likely to achieve since it is doubtful whether this kind of unqualified language would ever find traction outside of the specific negotiating dynamic that characterized the USMCA.Footnote 61

Thus, although the USMCA codified a retreat from the more expansive degree of investment protection achieved under NAFTA, particularly by putting significant strictures around investor–state dispute settlement (ISDS) and recasting the balance of interests between the investor and the regulator in the area of nondiscrimination claims, it also represented a significant expansion of the protections sought by important segments of the global technology industry. These protections are aimed at safeguarding against regulatory interventions that specifically undermine the cross-border viability of their business models, particularly as they relate to the core elements of their value propositions, namely, data flows, source code, and proprietary algorithms.

10.5 Consensus and Its Limits
10.5.1 Geopolitical Tensions versus Technical Negotiations

The world has obviously changed since the wooly formulations that constituted the best endeavor declarations, and guidelines of the G20, the OECD, and UNCTAD were formulated and promulgated. The Global Financial Crisis, the rise and newfound assertiveness of China (and the reaction this has provoked from incumbent powers in the West), ,and more recently the COVID-19 pandemic with the massive – almost unprecedented – strain it placed on both national economies and international economic cooperation, have all forced a reassessment by national governments of their priorities with regard to a range of economic policy positions including investment openness.Footnote 62 The rollback experienced after investment flows between China and the West peaked in 2016 has taken on additional momentum during the pandemic to the point where it is questionable whether any of the additional restrictions imposed since 2020 are likely to be lifted and if so, how quickly and how indiscriminately.

Whereas at the geopolitical level, the overarching sensation is a continued distrust, this dynamic appears to be all but belied at the technical level as trade diplomats doggedly continue their efforts in Geneva to conclude a new WTO Agreement on Investment Facilitation for Development by the end of 2022. In doing so, they focus on reaching compromises on issues that – to many outsiders at least – are little more than arcane details buried in the legal minutiae of different textual proposals. However, the benefits that an IFD Agreement offer constitute the firm anchoring of principles and practice of sound regulatory governance, only this time in a legal and institutional setting that could offer the promise of actionable rights and enforceable obligations, at least if the WTO can restore its dispute settlement system to full functionality in the near future. This seems all the more important today as countries increasingly seek to distance themselves from the negative implications increasingly associated with ISDS, while at the same time growing less reluctant to invoke national security in order to evade treaty obligations or impose new restrictions.

10.5.2 Using the IFD Agreement to ‘Square the Circle’

Given the breadth and depth of the many commitments that have been made in the area of investment, particularly in bilateral and regional FTAs (as discussed under Section 10.4.3), and given the widespread engagement of both developed and developing countries in the G20, OECD, UNCTAD, and WTO processes (likewise discussed under Sections 10.4.1 and 10.4.2), it seems somewhat surprising that nobody has come along and ‘squared the circle’ so to speak at the WTO or elsewhere, by multilateralizing the many gains that have already been achieved in other fora (particularly FTAs).

Also surprising is that the three issues of market access, investment protection, and investor–state dispute settlement have explicitly been left out of the WTO IFD talks since arguably they would be needed in order to provide the quid pro quo for developed countries that must eventually ensue if a deal is to be done. Moreover, if the WTO Trade Facilitation Agreement (TFA) is the template for the IFD Agreement, then the flexible approach taken in the TFA should be a necessary but perhaps not sufficient precondition for achieving a meaningful negotiated outcome, at least with respect to what the agreement would offer developing countries in the way of negotiated concessions. The mechanism of allowing developing countries to make deeper commitments in future contingent on the receipt of technical assistance and perhaps other benefits should go some way to incentivizing many developing countries to engage seriously with these talks. One could even argue that this is even more so the case in the IFD talks since the ultimate outcome should be one in which scarce capital can flow more freely to those places where it can achieve the greatest rewards for the lowest risk. As such, an IFD Agreement as currently proposed would appear to offer developing countries both a mechanism and the means to improve this calculus by lowering the risks of investing in their jurisdictions.

10.5.3 Negotiating Coin in the Investment Facilitation for Development Talks

There is also the more fundamental issue of ‘negotiating currency’ and cross-sectoral trade-offs. Technical assistance and a limited set of other incentives capable of being offered in the context of the IFD Agreement may not be enough to get developing countries and LDCs that up to now have made no or minimal commitments on investment in any forum whatsoever to do this at the WTO. Recall that in order to get this constituency to accept new rules on trade in services and Trade-Related Intellectual Property Rights as part of the multilateral trading system in the Uruguay Round, it was necessary to offer them the quid pro quo of: (1) binding new rules on trade in agricultural products including the almost complete dismantling of residual quantitative restrictions on these products, as well as (2) an Agreement on Textiles and Clothing that promised (and then delivered) the comprehensive and irreversible elimination of the universally despised (by developing countries) system of import quotas on these products in developed country markets. No comparable trade-off is immediately apparent in the current context, given the absence of a broader negotiating round, which again means that the incentivizing role played by technical assistance commitments and the potential of future increases in inbound investment become all the more important to striking a deal in these negotiations.

Footnotes

5 Economic Impacts of an Investment Facilitation for Development Agreement

a Macao SAR is a non-G20 high-income country that took part in the structured discussions; however, it is not included in this region as it is not separately available in the GTAP database. This country is represented in the ROW region.

b This region does not include the following participants of the structured discussions: Liberia, Tajikistan, Montenegro, and Myanmar. These countries are not separately available in the GTAP database and constitute a part of the ROW region.

1 A. Berger, S. Gsell, and Z. Olekseyuk, ‘Investment Facilitation for Development: A New Route to Global Investment Governance’, Briefing Paper 5/2019, The German Development Institute / Deutsches Institut für Entwicklungspolitik (DIE), online at: https://doi.org/10.23661/bp5.2019 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

2 K. P. Sauvant and K. Hamdani, ‘An International Support Programme for Sustainable Investment Facilitation’, International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development (ICTSD), July 2015, online at: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3143372 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

3 A chronicle of the investment facilitation discussions is provided by Evan Gabor, ‘Keeping “Development” in a Multilateral Framework on Investment Facilitation for Development’ (2021) 22 The Journal of World Investment and Trade 4191.

4 Berger, Gsell, and Olekseyuk, ‘Investment Facilitation for Development’.

5 A. Berger, A. Dadkhah, and Z. Olekseyuk, ‘Quantifying Investment Facilitation at Country Level: Introducing a New Index’, DIE Discussion Paper, 23/2021, online at: www.idos-research.de/uploads/media/DP_23.2021.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

6 A. Berger and Z. Olekseyuk, ‘Investment Facilitation for Sustainable Development: Index Maps Adoption at Domestic Level’, DIE, 8 October 2019, online at: https://blogs.die-gdi.de/longform/investment-facilitation-for-sustainable-development/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

7 Economic welfare is measured as equivalent variation in private consumption of the representative regional household. Equivalent variation in this context establishes the theoretically consistent ex ante nominal value that the representative household places on the policy change.

8 In particular, the United States represents a major player covering around 25 percent of the inward and outward FDI stock worldwide.

9 B. Lanz and T. F. Rutherford, ‘GTAPinGAMS: Multiregional and Small Open Economy Models’ (2016) 1 Journal of Global Economic Analysis 177.

10 For documentation of GTAP 10 database, see, A. Aguiar, M. Chepeliev, E. L. Corong, R. McDougall, and D. van der Mensbrugghe, ‘The GTAP Data Base: Version 10’ (2019) 4 Journal of Global Economic Analysis 127.

11 E. J. Balistreri, D. G. Tarr, and H. Yonezawa, ‘Deep Integration in Eastern and Southern Africa: What Are the Stakes?’ (2015) 24 Journal of African Economies 677706.

12 T. Fukui and C. Lakatos, ‘A Global Database of Foreign Affiliate Sales’, Global Trade Analysis Project (GTAP) Research Memorandum No. 24 (2012), online at: https://www.gtap.agecon.purdue.edu/resources/download/6037.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

13 We use the older GTAP data for calculation of shares since the two datasets are more consistent in terms of time frame.

14 The reader is referred to Lanz and Rutherford (2016) for a complete documentation of the basic model with Armington trade and no FDI.

15 A more detailed and technical model description for the underlying study is provided by E. J. Balistreri and Z. Olekseyuk, ‘Economic Impacts of Investment Facilitation’, Iowa State University, Center for Agricultural and Rural Development, Working Paper 21-WP 615, February 2021, online at: www.card.iastate.edu/products/publications/pdf/21wp615.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

16 Armington was the first to propose differentiating traded goods by region of origin. His proposal is the standard formulation of contemporary quantitative trade models. For details, see P. S. Armington, ‘A Theory of Demand for Products Distinguished by Place of Production’ (1969) 16 Staff Paper 159176.

17 E. J. Balistreri, C. Böhringer, and T. F. Rutherford, ‘Quantifying Disruptive Trade Policies’, CESifo Working Paper No. 7382 (2018), online at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3338711 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

18 P. Krugman, ‘Scale Economies, Product Differentiation, and the Pattern of Trade’ (1980) 70 The American Economic Review 950959.

19 M. J. Melitz, ‘The Impact of Trade on Intra-Industry Reallocations and Aggregate Industry Productivity’ (2003) 71 Econometrica 16951725.

20 Balistreri, Böhringer, and Rutherford, ‘Quantifying Disruptive Trade Policies’.

21 E. J. Balistreri and T. F. Rutherford, ‘Computing General Equilibrium Theories of Monopolistic Competition and Heterogeneous Firms’, in P. B. Dixon and D. W. Jorgenson (eds.), Handbook of Computable General Equilibrium Modeling (Amsterdam: Elsevier, 2013), vol. 1, at 15131570.

22 Berger, Dadkhah, and Olekseyuk, ‘Quantifying Investment Facilitation at Country Level’.

23 The detailed mapping of scenarios to the IFI is provided in Table A.2, of Balistreri and Olekseyuk, ‘Economic Impacts of Investment Facilitation’, at 26–27 (16 December 2022).

24 A. Berger, A. Dadkhah, and Z. Olekseyuk, ‘Potential Investment Facilitation Agreements: Possible Scenarios and Their Impact on Countries’ Regulations’, The 22nd Annual Conference on Global Economic Analysis, online at: www.gtap.agecon.purdue.edu/resources/res_display.asp?RecordID=5784 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

25 WTO, ‘Communication from Brazil: Proposal for an Investment Facilitation Agreement’, JOB/GC/169, 01 February 2018, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=241891&Current (last accessed 13 June 2023).

26 WTO, ‘Communication from Argentina and Brazil: Possible Elements of a WTO Instrument on Investment Facilitation’, JOB/GC/124, 26 April 2017, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=240641,240220,238906,237843,235962&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=4&FullTextHash=-1985516154&HasEnglishRecord=True&HasFrenchRecord=True&HasSpanishRecord=True (last accessed 13 June 2023); WTO, ‘Communication from Brazil: Proposal for an Investment Facilitation Agreement’; WTO, ‘Communication from China: Possible Elements for Investment Facilitation’, JOB/GC/123, 26 April 2017, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=236954,236782,236668,236429,236189,236149,235960,235961,235962,235526&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=7&FullTextHash=&HasEnglishRecord=True&HasFrenchRecord=True&HasSpanishRecord=True (last accessed 13 June 2023); WTO, ‘Communication from Kazakhstan: One-Stop Shop for Investors and Investment Ombudsman’, JOB/GC/197, 12 September 2018, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=252664,248041&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=1&FullTextHash=1906166620&HasEnglishRecord=True&HasFrenchRecord=True&HasSpanishRecord=True (last accessed 13 June 2023); WTO, ‘Communication from the Russian Federation: Proposed Multilateral Disciplines for Investment Facilitation’, JOB/GC/120, 31 March 2017, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=277044,240641,240220,237843,235438&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=4&FullTextHash=-16147686&HasEnglishRecord=True&HasFrenchRecord=True&HasSpanishRecord=True (last accessed 13 June 2023); WTO, ‘Joint Communication from the Friends of Investment Facilitation for Development (FIFD): Proposal for a WTO Informal Dialogue on Investment Facilitation for Development’, JOB/GC/122, 26 April 2017, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=258408,255162,254176,253957,252874,240641,240220,237843,236149,235960&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=9&FullTextHash=1146651728&HasEnglishRecord=True&HasFrenchRecord=True&HasSpanishRecord=True (last accessed 13 June 2023); WTO, ‘Mexico, Indonesia, Korea, Turkey and Australia (MIKTA): Reflections on Investment Workshop’, JOB/GC/121, 6 April 2017, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=240641,240220,237843,235962,235526&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=4&FullTextHash=-1582231627&HasEnglishRecord=True&HasFrenchRecord=True&HasSpanishRecord=True (last accessed 13 June 2023).

27 A country’s welfare is measured as equivalent variation which indicates the value (benefits) of the policy for the people of that country. This measure shows changes in households’ utility driven by the adjustment of their consumption level after an external shock, such as a reduction in FDI barriers. According to M. E. Burfisher, Introduction to Computable General Equilibrium Models (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2011), at 97, it compares the cost of ‘pre- and post-shock levels of consumer utility, both valued at base year prices.’ Burfisher provides additional context for this welfare measure in the context of CGE analysis.

28 Global welfare is measured as the sum of equivalent variation across regions relative to global benchmark private consumption. This is consistent with a Bentham global welfare function, in which each dollar of welfare change is weighted equally across regions. Thus, no consideration of inequality aversion is considered in this basic measure.

29 Those are included in G20, Non-G20, EU27, HIF and LIF regions.

30 These are not our primary measures of policy impact because, although they are more familiar to policy makers, relative to the reported welfare measures GDP changes can be problematic. GDP measures are dependent on the particular price convention used to bring them into real units (the numeraire choice in economic terms), which means that alternative – legitimate – price conventions can generate different results. We report GDP changes in Table 5.4 using each regions unit-expenditure-function index as the numeraire, so regional income is deflated by the true cost of living in that region. That is, we use a different nominal unit of measure for each regional report. This is a pricing convention that generally gives income results that are qualitatively consistent with welfare measures. We emphasize that the previously reported welfare impacts are not numeraire dependent and are consistent with a rigorous theory of policy evaluation. GDP changes, despite their familiarity to policy makers, do not report a theory consistent welfare impact.

31 Balistreri, Tarr, and Yonezawa, ‘Deep Integration in Eastern and Southern Africa’.

32 J. Markusen, T. F. Rutherford, and D. G. Tarr, ‘Trade and Direct Investment in Producer Services and the Domestic Market for Expertise’ (2005) 38 Canadian Journal of Economics 758777.

33 Y. Jafari and D. G. Tarr, ‘Estimates of the Ad Valorem Equivalents of Foreign Discriminatory Regulatory Barriers in Eleven Services Sectors for 103 Countries’ (2017) 40 The World Economy 544573.

34 E. J. Balistreri, J. Jensen, and D. G. Tarr, ‘What Determines Whether Preferential Liberalization of Barriers against Foreign Investors in Services Are Beneficial or Immizerising: Application to the Case of Kenya’ (2015) 9 Economics 1134.

35 E. J. Balistreri, Z. Olekseyuk, and D. Tarr, ‘Privatisation and the Unusual Case of Belarusian Accession to the WTO’ (2017) 40 The World Economy 25642591.

36 J. Jensen and D. G Tarr, ‘Deep Trade Policy Options for Armenia: The Importance of Trade Facilitation, Services and Standards Liberalization’ (2012) 6 Economics;J. Jensen, T. F. Rutherford, and D. G. Tarr, ‘Modeling Services Liberalization: The Case of Tanzania’ (2010) 25 Journal of Economic Integration 644675; J. Jensen and D. G. Tarr, ‘Impact of Local Content Restrictions and Barriers against Foreign Direct Investment in Services: The Case of Kazakhstan’s Accession to the World Trade Organization’ (2008) 46 Eastern European Economics 526.

37 To facilitate a fair comparison of our central BRF structure with a model with all goods modeled as Armington with perfect competition, we include an identical benchmark calibration with FDI in the manufacturing and services sectors. Compared to a standard GTAPinGAMS structure, we consider that the composite commodity might include additional varieties provided by multinationals from different source countries with a physical presence in the host country (foreign affiliate sales). Thus, we expand the Armington aggregation to include these FDI varieties, but in the spirit of Armington under perfect competition these firms are assumed to face a constant returns technology and there is no extensive margin expansion.

38 R. C. Feenstra, ‘Measuring the Gains from Trade under Monopolistic Competition’ (2010) 43 Canadian Journal of Economics 128.

39 The model includes a standard Dixit-Stiglitz aggregation which indicates a love-of-variety effect. Producers and consumers of goods provided by multinationals rank two of a given good below one each of different goods (conditional on fixed prices).

40 Berger, Dadkhah, and Olekseyuk, ‘Quantifying Investment Facilitation at Country Level’.

6 The Political Economy of an Investment Facilitation for Development Agreement in Brazil, India, and China

1 An unofficial version can be accessed here: World Trade Organization, ‘WTO Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation for Development’, INF/IFD/RD/74/Rev.6, 9 February 2022, online at: https://web.wtocenter.org.tw/DownFile.aspx?pid=367074&fileNo=0 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

2 According to J. Kurtz, ‘A General Investment Agreement in the WTO – Lessons from Chapter 11 of NAFTA and the OECD Multilateral Agreement on Investment,’ (2002) 23 University of Pennsylvania Journal of International Law 713747, negotiations towards the MAI reached an impasse when the United States refused European and Canadian requests to exempt cultural and linguistic industries from full coverage and the 1997 Asian financial crisis diluted support for investment liberalization. Negotiations towards the FTAA fell apart due to strong opposition from Brazil and concerns in that country over policy space.

3 World Trade Organization (WTO), ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, WT/MIN(17)/59, 13 December 2017, https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=240870 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

4 WTO, ‘MC 12 Briefing Note: Investment Facilitation for Development’, 2022, online at: www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/minist_e/mc12_e/briefing_notes_e/bfinvfac_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

5 A. Guzman, ‘Why LDCs Sign Treaties that Hurt Them: Explaining the Popularity of Bilateral Investment Treaties’ (1998) 38 Virginia Journal of International Law 639688.

6 ISDS is a system in which states consent to arbitrate disputes through a third-party institution should investors perceive their rights to investment protection to have been violated.

7 Cf. A. Walter, ‘NGOs, Business and International Investment: The Multilateral Agreement on Investment, Seattle, and Beyond’ (2001) 7 Global Governance 5173.

8 K. Sauvant, ‘China Moves the G20 toward an International Investment Facilitation Framework and Investment Facilitation’, in J. Chaisse (ed.), China’s International Investment Strategy: Bilateral, Regional and Global Law and Policy (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2019), at 322.

9 A. Berger, S. Gsell and Z. Olekseyuk, ‘Investment Facilitation for Development: A New Route to Global Investment Governance’, Briefing Paper 5/2019 (The German Development Institute / Deutsches Institut für Entwicklungspolitik (DIE), at 1, online at: https://doi.org/10.23661/bp5.2019 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

10 E. Gabor, ‘Keeping ‘Development’ in a Multilateral Framework on Investment Facilitation for Development’ (2021) 22 Journal of World Investment and Trade 4191.

11 Developing country opposition led to the more circumscribed Trade-Related Investment Measures (TRIMs) agreement, which prohibits the use of trade-restricting performance requirements, and the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), which addresses the commercial presence of foreign investors.

12 UNCTAD, ‘Global Action Plan for Investment Facilitation’, September 2016, online at: https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/uploaded-files/document/Actionpercent20Menupercent2001–12-2016percent20ENpercent20lightpercent20version.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

13 The Investment Facilitation Action Plan contains a number of investment facilitation disciplines (e.g., transparency, efficiency and the promotion of corporate responsibility) but goes beyond it as well, including into investment protections, issues of market access and ISDS.

14 See K. P. Sauvant and K. Hamdani, ‘An International Support Programme for Sustainable Investment Facilitation’, International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development (ICTSD) (2015), online at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3143372 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

15 Sauvant, ‘China Moves the G20 toward an International Investment Facilitation Framework and Investment Facilitation’.

16 All five proposals agreed on the core areas of fostering transparency, predictability and non-discrimination in investment policies and regulation efficiency and streamlining of administrative procedures to minimize investment barriers and international cooperation, capacity-building and technical assistance.

17 WTO, ‘Strengthening the WTO to Promote Development and Inclusivity, Communication from the African Group, Cuba and India, WT/GC/W/778’, 4 December 2020.

18 J. Coleman, B. Güven, L. Johnson, and L Sachs, ‘What Do We Mean by Investment Facilitation?’, February 2018, online at: http://wordpress.ei.columbia.edu/vcc/2018/02/22/what-do-we-mean-by-investment-facilitation/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

19 R. D. Putnam, ‘Diplomacy and Domestic Politics: The Logics of Two-Level Games’ (1988) 42 International Organization 427460.

20 As president of the G20 in 2016, China led the establishment of a Trade and Investment Working Group to provide direction on trade and investment policy. Working Group discussions led to the endorsement by trade ministers of a set of non-binding ‘Guiding Principles for Global Investment Policymaking’ which emphasized the need for investment promotion and facilitation.

21 Cf. K. Singh, ‘Do We Need a Multilateral Instrument on Investment Facilitation?’, Madhyam Briefing Paper # 19, May 2017, online at: www.madhyam.org.in/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Briefing-Paper-on-MIIF.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023); Sauvant, ‘China Moves the G20 toward an International Investment Facilitation Framework and Investment Facilitation’.

22 M. J. Enright, ‘China’s Inward Investment: Approach and Impact’, in J. Chaisse (ed.), China’s International Investment Strategy (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2019), at 2327.

23 K. Brown, The Rise of the Dragon: Inward and Outward Investment in China in the Reform Period 1987–2008, (Oxford: Chandos Publishing, 2008), at 149.

24 Then called the ‘One Belt, One Road’ initiative, the BRI consists of the Silk Road Economic Belt, an economic land belt linking China with Central Asia, West Asia, the Middle East and Europe and the Maritime Silk Road, a trade route by sea extending from China through Southeast Asia, South Asia, Africa, and Europe. K. Zeng, ‘The Political Economy of Chinese Outward Foreign Direct Investment in “One-Belt, One-Road (OBOR)” Countries’, in J. Chaisse (ed.), China’s International Investment Strategy: Bilateral, Regional, and Global Law and Policy (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2019), at 360384.

25 L. K. Cheng and Z. Ma, ‘China’s Outward Foreign Direct Investment’, in R. C. Feenstra and S. J. Wei (eds.), China’s Growing Role in World Trade (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010), at 560.

26 Footnote Ibid., at 549.

27 Brown, The Rise of the Dragon, at 146.

28 Brown, The Rise of the Dragon, at 153, and Zeng, ‘The Political Economy of Chinese Outward Foreign Direct Investment in “One-Belt, One-Road (OBOR)” Countries’.

29 G. Yang, T. Tang, B. Wang, and Z. Qi, ‘Money Talks? An Analysis of the International Political Effect of the Chinese Overseas Investment Boom’ (2020) 29 Review of International Political Economy 202226.

30 K. Gallagher and Q. Qi, ‘Chinese Overseas Investment Policy: Implications for Climate Change’ (2021) 12 Global Policy 262.

31 G. Shaffer and H. Gao, ‘A New Chinese Economic Order?’ (2020) 23 Journal of International Economic Law 607635.

32 X. Zhang, ‘Two-Way Adjustment Leads to Smoother Operation of World Economy’, 10 July 2018, online at: http://en.people.cn/n3/2018/0710/c90000–9479338.html (last accessed 13 June 2023).

33 M. Levine, ‘Towards a Fourth Generation of Chinese Treaty Practice: Substantive Changes, Balancing Mechanisms and Selective Adaptation’, in J. Chaisse (ed.), China’s International Investment Strategy: Bilateral, Regional, and Global Law and Policy (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2019), at 205221.

34 E. Chatterjee, ‘New Developmentalism and Its Discontents: State Activism in Modi’s Gujarat and India’ (2020) 53 Development and Change 58–83.

35 H. C. Moraes and P. M. Cavalcante, ‘The Brazil–India Investment Co-operation and Facilitation Treaty: Giving Concrete Meaning to the “Right to Regulate” in Investment Treaty Making’ (2021) 36 ICSID Review 304.

36 J. J. Nedumpara and S. T. Chandy, ‘Understanding the Invisible Elements of Brazil’s Proposal, Discussion Paper No. 3’, July 2018, online at: https://ctil.org.in/DiscussionPapers.aspx (last accessed 13 June 2023).

37 Cf. Singh, ‘Do We Need a Multilateral Instrument on Investment Facilitation?’.

38 Footnote Ibid., at 10.

40 K. Hopewell, ‘Heroes of the Developing World? Emerging Powers in the WTO Agricultural Negotiations and Dispute Settlement’ (2021) 49 Journal of Peasant Studies 561584.

41 Footnote Ibid., at 581.

42 Ministry of Foreign Relations, ‘Remarks by Minister Ernesto Araújo in the WTO Informal Ministerial Meeting’, 29 January 2021, online at: www.gov.br/mre/en/content-centers/speeches-articles-and-interviews/minister-of-foreign-affairs/speeches/remarks-by-minister-ernesto-araujo-at-the-wto-informal-ministerial-meeting (last accessed 13 June 2023).

43 G. Vidigal and B. Stevens, ‘Brazil’s New Model of Dispute Settlement for Investment: Return to the Past or Alternative for the Future?’ (2018) 19 Journal of World Investment & Trade 475512.

44 J. N. de Alcântara, C. M. N. Paiva, N. C. P. Bruhn, H. R. de Carvalho, and C. L. L. Calegario, ‘Brazilian OFDI Determinants’ (2016) 17 Latin American Business Review 177205.

45 B. T. Tomio and M. Amal, ‘Institutional Distance and Brazilian Outward Investment’ (2015) 18 M@n@gement 78101.

46 Moraes and Cavalcante, ‘The Brazil–India Investment Co-operation and Facilitation Treaty’.

47 M. Maggetti and H. C. Moraes, ‘The Policy-Making of Investment Treaties in Brazil: Policy Learning in the Context of Late Adoption’, in C. A. Dunlop et al. (eds.), Learning in Public Policy (Cham: Springer, 2018), at 308.

48 Vidigal and Stevens, ‘Brazil’s New Model of Dispute Settlement for Investment’, at 475–512, and Maggetti and Moraes, ‘The Policy-Making of Investment Treaties in Brazil’.

49 WTO, ‘Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation, Communication from Brazil, JOB/GC/169’, 1 February 2018, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=241891&Current (last accessed 13 June 2023).

7 Facilitation of Foreign Direct Investment through International Economic Law Contribution to the Right to Development and SDGs

1 The four criteria were famously cornered by the tribunal in Salini Costruttori S.p.A. & Italstrade S.p.A. v. Kingdom of Morocco, ICSID Case No. ARB/00/4, Decision on Jurisdiction (21 July 2001), paras. 52 and 57, and have subsequently been subject to much attention in negotiations, international institutions and international judicial decisions.

2 OECD, ‘Financing for Sustainable Development’, online at: www.oecd.org/dac/stats/type-aid.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

3 See inter alia, R. Echandi, ‘Be Careful with What You Wish: Saving Developing Countries from Development and the Risk of Overlooking the Importance of a Multilateral Rule-Based System on Investment in the Twenty-First Century’, in M. Bungenberg et al. (eds.), European Yearbook of International Economic Law, vol. 7 (Cham: Springer, 2016), at 233271. For the opposing view, see M. Sornarajah, ‘International Investment Law as Development Law: The Obsolescence of a Fraudulent System’, in M. Bungenberg et al. (eds.), European Yearbook of International Economic Law, vol. 7 (Cham: Springer, 2016), at 209231.

4 The adoption of the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development and Agenda 21 by the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) in Rio de Janeiro, 3–14 June 1992 forms a basic starting point, which has since been supplemented by the 8 Millennium Development Goals (2000–2015) and 17 Sustainable Development Goals (2015–2030).

5 The World Commission on Environment and Development, Our Common Future (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1987), at 8587. The Commission paid little attention to the role of FDI beyond references to the objective of ensuring responsibility for FDI of transnational corporations. M. Gehring and A. Newcombe, ‘An Introduction to Sustainable Development in World Investment Law’, in M.-C. Cordonier Segger, M. Gehring, and A. Newcombe (eds.), Sustainable Development in Investment Law (Alphen aan den Rijn: Kluwer Law International, 2011), at 36 provides an overview of the follow-up in relevant international policy documents.

6 See e.g., T. H. Moran, Harnessing Foreign Direct Investment for Development: Policies for Developed and Developing Countries (Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press, 2006).

7 United Nations General Assembly, ‘Resolution Adopted by the General Assembly on 25 September 2015’, A/RES/70/1, 21 October 2015 (without a vote), online at: www.un.org/en/development/desa/population/migration/generalassembly/docs/globalcompact/A_RES_70_1_E.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023). These goals build on the Millennium Development Goals which were to be reached by 2015.

8 The World Bank, ‘Millennium Development Goal (MDG) 8 and the associated targets’. None of the MDG indicators referred to FDI, online at: http://mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/Host.aspx?Content=Indicators/OfficialList.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

9 United Nations General Assembly, ‘Resolution Adopted by the General Assembly on 25 September 2015’, targets 1.a, 1.b, 2.a, 7.a, 7.b, 10.b, and 17.3.

10 Footnote Ibid., goal 10, para. 10.b.

11 Footnote Ibid., para. 22.

12 Footnote Ibid., paras. 41 and 67.

13 See indicators 7.b.1, 10.b.1, 17.3.1, and 17.5.1.

14 United Nations General Assembly, ‘Resolution Adopted by the General Assembly on 27 July 2015’, A/RES/69/313, 17 August 2015 (without a vote), online at: www.un.org/en/development/desa/population/migration/generalassembly/docs/globalcompact/A_RES_69_313.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

15 Footnote Ibid., paras. 35 and 45–46.

16 United Nations General Assembly, ‘Declaration on the Right to Development’, A/RES/41/128, 4 December 1986 (vote: 148 in favor, 1 against, 8 abstentions), online at: https://documents-dds-ny.un.org/doc/RESOLUTION/GEN/NR0/496/36/IMG/NR049636.pdf?OpenElement (last accessed 13 June 2023).

17 Human Rights Council, ‘Report of the High-level Task Force on the Implementation of the Right to Development on Its Sixth Session’, A/HRC/15/WG.2/TF/2/Add.2, 8 March 2010, at 8–13, in particular criteria 1(b), 1(g), and 3(b), online at: https://documents-dds-ny.un.org/doc/UNDOC/GEN/G10/118/37/PDF/G1011837.pdf?OpenElement (last accessed 13 June 2023). Relevant documents from the task force are available online at: www.ohchr.org/EN/Issues/Development/Pages/HighLevelTaskForce.aspx (last accessed 13 June 2023).

18 The issue was a main issue on the agenda of the Working Group during its annual sessions since 2010, online at: www.ohchr.org/EN/Issues/Development/Pages/WGRightToDevelopment.aspx (last accessed 13 June 2023). The stalemate of these discussions are in stark contrast to the work on indicators for SDG targets, which has been endorsed by the United Nations General Assembly, ‘Resolution Adopted by the General Assembly on 6 July 2017’, UNGA resolution A/RES/71/313, 6 July 2017 (without a vote) and is carried out under the auspices of the UN Statistical Commission, see online at: https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/iaeg-sdgs/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

19 Human Rights Council, ‘Resolution Adopted by the Human Rights Council on 27 September 2018’, Human Rights Council resolution 39/9, 5 October 2018 (vote: 30 in favor [Afghanistan, Angola, Brazil, Burundi, Chile, China, Congo, Côte d’Ivoire, Cuba, Ecuador, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iraq, Kenya, Kyrgyzstan, Mongolia, Nepal, Nigeria, Pakistan, Peru, Philippines, Qatar, Rwanda, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, South Africa, Togo, Tunisia, United Arab Emirates, Venezuela]. 12 against [Australia, Belgium, Croatia, Georgia, Germany, Hungary, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Switzerland, Ukraine, United Kingdom], 5 abstentions [Iceland, Japan, Mexico, Panama, Republic of Korea]), online at: https://documents-dds-ny.un.org/doc/UNDOC/GEN/G18/296/49/PDF/G1829649.pdf?OpenElement (last accessed 13 June 2023).

20 Human Rights Council, ‘Draft Convention on the Right to Development’, A/HRC/WG.2/21/2, 17 January 2020, (the text of the draft Convention) online at: https://documents-dds-ny.un.org/doc/UNDOC/GEN/G20/011/04/PDF/G2001104.pdf?OpenElement (last accessed 13 June 2023) and Human Rights Council, ‘Draft Convention on the Right to Development, with Commentaries’, A/HRC/WG.2/21/2/Add.1, (the text with commentaries), 20 January 2020, online at: https://documents-dds-ny.un.org/doc/UNDOC/GEN/G20/014/69/PDF/G2001469.pdf?OpenElement (last accessed 13 June 2023). Relevant provisions are arts. 7, 10(a) and (b), 11(b) and (c), 12, 13(2), (3) and (4), 15(2), 19(1), 23(2), and 33.

21 For a thorough discussion of policy space and associated concepts and their relationship to the RtD, see M. Kanade, The Multilateral Trading System and Human Rights: A Governance Space Theory on Linkages (Oxford: Routledge, 2018). On such issues as related to international investment law, see T. Broude, Y. Z. Haftel, and A. Thompson, ‘The Trans-Pacific Partnership and Regulatory Space: A Comparison of Treaty Texts’ (2007) 20 Journal of International Economic Law 397402, and T. Broude, Y. Z. Haftel, and A. Thompson, ‘Who Cares about Regulatory Space in BITs? A Comparative International Approach’, in A. Roberts et al. (eds.), Comparative International Law (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2018), at 535540.

22 World Trade Organization (WTO), ‘Least-Developed Countries’, online at: www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/whatis_e/tif_e/org7_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

23 As a follow-up of art. VI:4 of GATS, the Council for Trade in Services adopted disciplines on domestic regulation for the accountancy sector on 14 December 1998 after three-and-a-half years of negotiations in the Working Party on Professional Services (see WTO doc. S/WPPS/4). In April 1999, the Council established the Working Party on Domestic Regulation with a mandate to “develop any necessary disciplines to ensure that measures relating to licensing requirements and procedures, technical standards and qualification requirements and procedures do not constitute unnecessary barriers to trade in services.” The Working Party was to “develop generally applicable disciplines”, but could also “develop disciplines as appropriate for individual sectors or groups thereof (WTO doc. S/L/70 paras. 2 and 3). In 2001 the Council decided that the “aim should be to complete negotiations under Articles VI:4 … prior to the conclusion of negotiations on specific commitments” (WTO doc. S/L/93 para. 7). The Working Party worked its way slowly towards various versions of a draft text that was discussed from 2008 until mid-2011.

24 After a round of intense negotiations, the draft text was abandoned, and subsequent negotiations started more or less from scratch (see WTO docs. S/WPDR/14 and S/WPDR/15). Subsequent negotiations have shifted to being sector-oriented, and addressing development perspectives and transparency issues. These negotiations have not had substantive results, see the annual reports of the Working Party, online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/serv_e/s_coun_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

25 See WTO, ‘Declaration on the Conclusion of Negotiations on Services Domestic Regulation’, WT/L/1129, 2 December 2021, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/L/1129.pdf&Open=True (last accessed 13 June 2023).

26 Beyond EU and OECD members, the WTO members participating include Albania, Argentina, Bahrain, Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, Kazakhstan, Liechtenstein, Mauritius, Moldova, Montenegro, North Macedonia, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Thailand, Uruguay. Among these, only three countries are classified as lower middle-income economies by the World Bank: El Salvador, Nigeria, and Ukraine.

27 See OECD, ‘FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index’, online at: https://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?datasetcode=FDIINDEX (last accessed 13 June 2023). The Index measures statutory restrictions on foreign direct investment in twenty-two economic sectors across sixty-nine countries or regions. It covers fifty-six of the members participating in the Joint Initiative (not covered: Bahrain, El Salvador, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Cyprus, Malta, Hong Kong SAR, Liechtenstein, Mauritius, Nigeria, Paraguay). Average score for these WTO members was 0.096 in 2020. Other WTO members included in the Index are the following 18 countries: Armenia, Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, Egypt, Georgia, India, Indonesia, Jordan, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Malaysia, Mongolia, Morocco, Myanmar, South Africa, Tajikistan, Tunisia and Viet Nam. In 2020 their average score was almost the double: 0.181.

28 Participating countries with particularly high scores include Philippines (0.409), Russia (0.351), Thailand (0.33), Saudi Arabia (0.273), China (0.254) and New Zealand (0.233). Non-participating countries with particularly low scores include Kosovo (0.002), Georgia (0.019), Armenia (0.038), Bosnia & Herzegovina (0.05), Serbia (0.067), Mongolia (0.07), Morocco (0.072) and Cambodia (0.081).

29 The Columbia Center for Sustainable Investment has conducted a survey of the local content frameworks of a number of countries within the mining and petroleum sectors, the results of which is made available on a country-by-country basis, online at: http://ccsi.columbia.edu/work/projects/local-content-laws-contractual-provisions/ (last accessed 13 June 2023). LDCs that have been surveyed include Angola, Tanzania, Uganda and Zambia.

30 The remaining countries include Argentina, Barbados, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan (joined the WTO in 2015), Malaysia, Mexico, Nigeria, Pakistan, Peru, Philippines, Russia (joined the WTO in 2012), Romania, South Africa, Thailand, Uganda, Uruguay and Venezuela, see ‘The Annex to Report (2021) of the Committee on Trade-Related Investment Measures’, G/TRIMS/11, 13 October 2021, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=289943,289946,289106,283241,283242,277794,277214,277222,277213,267031&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=5&FullTextHash=&HasEnglishRecord=True&HasFrenchRecord=True&HasSpanishRecord=True (last accessed 13 June 2023).

31 Here, “level of human development” ranking on the Human Development Index. A separate score and ranking has been calculated for the EU based on a population-based weighing of the scores of the twenty-seven EU members (score 0.9045, ranking 25). As of 2021, see online at: https://hdr.undp.org/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

32 WT/DS64 (Japan against Indonesia); WT/DS456 (United States against India); WT/DS472 (the EU against Brail); and WT/DS497 (Japan against Brazil).

33 WT/DS27 (Ecuador, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico and the United States against the EU); WT/DS105 (Panama against the EU); WT/DS224 (Brazil against the United States); WT/SD443 and DS459 (Argentina against the EU); WT/DS446 (Mexico against Argentina); WT/DS452 (China against the EU); WTDS476 (Russia against the EU); WT/DS510 (India against the United States); and WT/DS563 (China against the United States).

34 See WT/DS51, 52, 54, 55, 59, 64, 65, 81, 139, 142, 146, 175, 185, 339, 340, 342. All except one were initiated by the United States, the EU or Japan (the remaining case was initiated by Canada), and the respondents were Brazil, Canada, China, India, Indonesia and the Philippines.

35 See WT/DS412 (Japan against Canada), WT/DS426 (the EU against Canada), WT/DS443 and DS459 (Argentina against the EU), WT/DS452 (China against the EU); WT/DS456 (United States against India), WT/DS497 (Japan against Brazil), WT/DS510 (India against the United States) and WT/DS563 (China against the United States) – all concerning renewable energy, including biodiesel, and WT/DS462 and DS463 (the EU and Japan against Russia – both concerning recycling fee for motor vehicles.

36 See, for example, N. Kumar, ‘Use and Effectiveness of Performance Requirements: What Can Be Learnt from the Experiences of Developed and Developing Countries?’, In UNCTAD, The Development Dimension of FDI: Policy and Rule-Making Perspectives (New York: UNCTAD, 2003), at 5978, and C. Henry and J. E. Stiglitz, ‘Intellectual Property, Dissemination of Innovation and Sustainable Development’ (2010) 1 Global Policy 237251.

37 WT/DS36 (United States against Pakistan); WT/DS50 and 79 (United States and EU against India); WT/DS46 (United States against Argentina) and WT/DS583 (the EU against Turkey). Other cases include WT/DS59 (United States against Indonesia); WT/DS196 (United States against Argentina); WT/DS199 (United States against Brazil); WT/DS362 (United States against China); WT/DS372 (the EU against China); WT/DS542 (United States against China); and WT/DS549 (the EU against China). Three of these cases resulted in findings of violation of the TRIPS Agreement, and five were settled or terminated.

38 See WT/DS64 (Japan against Indonesia), WT/DS456 (United States against India), WT/DS472 (the EU against Brail), and WT/DS497 (Japan against Brazil).

39 WT/DS224 (Brazil against the United States: remaining in consultations); WT/DS408 and 409 (India and Brazil against the EU: remaining in consultation); and WT/DS434, 435, 441, 458 and 467 (Ukraine, Honduras, Dominican Republic, Cuba and Indonesia against Australia: no violation of the TRIPS Agreement).

40 WTO Ministerial Council, Doha, ‘Declaration on the TRIPS Agreement and Public Health’, WT/MIN(01)/DEC/2, 20 November 2001, paras. 4 and 5, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=35766&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=0&FullTe (last accessed 13 June 2023).

41 Footnote Ibid., para. 6, and WTO, ‘Implementation of Paragraph 6 of the Doha Declaration on the TRIPS Agreement and Public Health’, WT/L/540, 02 September 2003, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?CatalogueIdList=51809,2548,53071,70701&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=1 (last accessed 13 June 2023) and Corr.1.

42 Members other than LDCs must make a notification ‘to the Council for TRIPS of its intention to use the system’ (Annex para. 1(b)).

43 This include Afghanistan, Angola, Chad, Congo, Djibouti, Guinea-Bissau, Haiti, Liberia, Mauritania, Mozambique, Solomon Islands and Yemen, see online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/trips_e/amendment_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

44 See WTO, ‘Notification under Paragraph 2(A) of the Decision of 30 August 2003 on the Implementation of Paragraph 6 of the Doha Declaration on the TRIPS Agreement and Public Health’, IP/N/9/RWA/1, 19 July 2007, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=67527&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=0&FullTextSearch= (last accessed 13 June 2023), and WTO, World Intellectual Property Organization, and World Health Organization, Promoting Access to Medical Technologies and Innovation: Intersections between Public Health, Intellectual Property and Trade (Geneva: WTO Secretariat, 2012), at 177–180. In addition, Bolivia made a notification regarding import of COVID-19 vaccines in May 2021 (IP/N/9/BOL/1), but this notification remains without any corresponding notification from exporting countries as of the end of 2021.

45 M. Z. Abbas and S. Riaz, ‘Compulsory Licensing and Access to Medicines: TRIPS Amendment Allows Export to Least-Developed Countries’ (2017) 12 Journal of Intellectual Property Law & Practice 451452.

46 World Trade Organization, Negotiations were still ongoing as of March 2022, see ‘Director-General Okonjo-Iweala Hails Breakthrough on TRIPS COVID-19 Solution’, 16 March 2022, online at: www.wto.org/english/news_e/news22_e/dgno_16mar22_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

47 See ‘Implementation of Article 66.2 of The Trips Agreement’, IP/C/28, 20 February 2003, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=11737&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=0&FullTextSearch= (last accessed 13 June 2023).

48 See ‘Proposal on the Implementation of Article 66.2 of the Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) Agreement: Communication From Cambodia on Behalf of the LDC Group’, IP/C/W/640, 16 February 2018, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=243589,243337,243336,243182,243183,243179,243200,241809,240388,239456&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=6&FullTextHash=&HasEnglishRecord=True&HasFrenchRecord=True&HasSpanishRecord=True (last accessed 13 June 2023).

49 See, with further references, T. L. Berge and A. Berger, ‘Do Investor-State Dispute Settlement Cases Influence Domestic Environmental Regulation? The Role of Respondent State Bureaucratic Capacity’ (2021) 12 Journal of International Dispute Settlement 141; P. Milsom, R. Smith, S. Moeketsi, and H. Walls, ‘Do International Trade and Investment Agreements Generate Regulatory Chill in Public Health Policymaking? A Case Study of Nutrition and Alcohol Policy in South Africa’ (2021) 17 Globalization and Health 134153.

50 P. Egger and V. Merlo, ‘The Impact of Bilateral Investment Treaties on FDI Dynamics’ (2007) 30 World Economy 15361549.

51 D. L. Swenson, ‘Why Do Developing Countries Sign BITs?’ (2005) 12 UC Davis Journal of International Law & Policy 131155;T. Büthe and H. V. Milner, ‘Bilateral Investment Treaties and Foreign Direct Investment: A Political Analysis’, in K. Sauvant and L. Sachs (eds.), The Effect of Treaties on Foreign Direct Investment: Bilateral Investment Treaties, Double Taxation Treaties, and Investment Flows (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2009), at 171224.

52 P. Egger and M. Pfaffermayr, ‘The Impact of Bilateral Investment Treaties on Foreign Direct Investment’ (2004) 32 Journal of Comparative Economics 788804;Y. Z. Haftel, ‘Ratification Counts: US Investment Treaties and FDI Flows into Developing Countries’ (2020) 17 Review of International Political Economy 348377.

53 E. Neumayer and L. Spess, ‘Do Bilateral Investment Treaties Increase Foreign Direct Investment to Developing Countries?’ (2005) 33 World Development 15671585; J. L. Tobin and S. Rose-Ackerman, ‘When BITs Have Some Bite: The Political-Economic Environment for Bilateral Investment Treaties’ (2011) 6 The Review of International Organization 132. For a literature review, see UNCTAD, The Role of International Investment Agreements in Attracting Foreign Direct Investment to Developing Countries (New York: UNCTAD, 2009).

54 R. Grosse and L. J. Trevino, ‘New Institutional Economics and FDI Location in Central and Eastern Europe’, in K. Sauvant and L. Sachs (eds.), The Effect of Treaties on Foreign Direct Investment: Bilateral Investment Treaties, Double Taxation Treaties, and Investment Flows (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2009), at 273294; J. Dixon and P. A. Haslam, ‘Does the Quality of Investment Protection Affect FDI Flows to Developing Countries? Evidence from Latin America’ (2016) 39 The World Economy 10801108.

55 L. Colen, D. Persyn, and A. Guariso, ‘Bilateral Investment Treaties and FDI: Does the Sector Matter?’ (2016) 83 World Development 193206.

56 T. Allee and C. Peinhardt, ‘Contingent Credibility: The Impact of Investment Treaty Violations on Foreign Direct Investment’ (2011) 65 International Organization 401432.

57 See, e.g., Z. Elkins, A. T. Guzman, and B. A. Simmons, ‘Competing for Capital: The Diffusion of Bilateral Investment Treaties’ (2006) 60 International Organization 811846; A. Kerner, ‘Why Should I Believe You? The Costs and Consequences of Bilateral Investment Treaties’ (2009) 53 International Studies Quarterly 73102; M. Busse, J. Königer, and P. Nunnenkamp, ‘FDI Promotion through Bilateral Investment Treaties: More than a BIT?’ (2010) 146 Review of World Economics 147177; E. Aisbett, ‘Bilateral Investment Treaties and Foreign Direct Investment: Correlation versus Causation’, in K. Sauvant and L. Sachs (eds.), The Effect of Treaties on Foreign Direct Investment: Bilateral Investment Treaties, Double Taxation Treaties, and Investment Flows (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2009), at 395435; A. Berger et al., ‘Do Trade and Investment Agreements Lead to More FDI? Accounting for Key Provisions Inside the Black Box’ (2013) 10 International Economics and Economic Policy 247275.

58 J. Yackee, ‘Do BITs Really Work? Revisiting the Empirical Link between Investment Treaties and Foreign Direct Investment’, in K. Sauvant and L. Sachs (eds.), The Effect of Treaties on Foreign Direct Investment: Bilateral Investment Treaties, Double Taxation Treaties, and Investment Flows (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2009), at 379394.

59 E. Bierman and H. Bezuidenhout, ‘FDI in the Economic Transformation of the Post-Civil War Economies of Angola and Mozambique’, in V. Ibokwe, N. Turner, and O. Aginam (eds.), Foreign Direct Investment in Post Conflict Countries: Opportunities and Challenges (London: Adonis & Abbey Publishers, 2010), at 229268.

60 Footnote Ibid., at 246.

61 Data from UNCTAD’s IIA Mapping Project as of end of 2021. For relevant coding, see p. 17 of the Project’s Codebook, see https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/uploaded-files/document/Mappingpercent20Projectpercent20Descriptionpercent20andpercent20Methodology.pdf. Of the 2,574 IIAs mapped, 1,900 were in force, and of these, 279 contain investment promotion clauses.

63 Footnote Ibid., at 9–10. Among the coded treaties in force (1,900), 139 of the IIAs had both national treatment (NT) clauses that cover pre-establishment. In addition, 15 IIAs had MFN clauses that cover pre-establishment, bringing the total IIAs containing relevant investor rights to 154.

64 See, inter alia, H. Mann, K. von Moltke, L. E. Peterson, and A. Cosbey, IISD Model International Agreement on Investment for Sustainable Development (Winnipeg: International Institute for Sustainable Development, 2005), and J. A. VanDuzer, P. Simons, and G. Mayeda, Integrating Sustainable Development into International Investment Agreements: A Guide for Developing Countries (London: The Commonwealth Secretariat, 2012).

62 Where there is overlap between agreements, IIA relationships are counted only once. All multilateral IIAs have been mapped according to the bilateral relationships they establish. There were 3,649 unique IIA relationships out of a theoretical number of 19,306 such relationships (based on the number of potential countries being 197). Each entry in the table contains the following information: number of IIA relationships, potential number of IIA relationships (within parentheses), and saturation of IIA relationships – 100 being complete saturation. World Bank Income Groups as classified in 2018. For further details, see D. Behn, O. K. Fauchald, and M. Langford, ‘The International Investment Regime and Its Discontents’, in D. Behn, O. Fauchald, and M. Langford (eds.), The Legitimacy of Investment Treaty Arbitration. Empirical Perspectives (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2022), at 4149.

65 The World Bank Group, Annual Review 2015: FIAS Celebrating 30 Years of Partnership (Washington, DC: World Bank Group, 2016), online at: https://documents.worldbank.org/en/publication/documents-reports/documentdetail/283811468179662281/annual-review-2015-fias-celebrating-30-years-of-partnership (last accessed 13 June 2023) at 6. See also T. L. Berge and T. St John, ‘Asymmetric Diffusion: World Bank “Best Practice” and the Spread of Arbitration in National Investment Laws’ (2021) 28 Review of International Political Economy 584610.

66 I. F. Shihata, Legal Treatment of Foreign Investment: ‘The World Bank Guidelines (Dordrecht: Martinus Nijhoff, 1993); The World Bank Investment Climate Advisory Services, World Bank Group, Investment Law Reform: A Handbook for Development Practitioners (Washington, DC: World Bank, 2010).

67 The World Bank Investment Climate Advisory Services, World Bank Group, Investment Law Reform, at ix.

68 According to UNCTAD’s Investment Laws Navigator (online at: https://investmentpolicyhub.unctad.org/InvestmentLaws (last accessed 13 June 2023), which provides information on investment laws of 109 countries (as of March 2019), only 6 of 36 OECD countries have general investment laws (Chile, Iceland, Lithuania, Mexico, Spain and Turkey), and 37 of 47 LDCs have such legislation.

69 None of the 42 LDC investment laws coded by UNCTAD is classified as “FDI Screening laws”, Footnote ibid.

70 See UNCTAD, The Investment Policy Reviews: Shaping Investment Policies around the World (Geneva: UNCTAD, 2012).

71 See overview of countries covered to date, online at: https://unctad.org/en/Pages/DIAE/Investmentpercent20Policypercent20Reviews/Investment-Policy-Reviews.aspx (last accessed 13 June 2023).

72 See Work Plan for Tier III Indicators, online at: https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/tierIII-indicators/ and https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/tierIII-indicators/files/Tier3–17-05-01.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

73 UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2014. Investing in the SDGs: An Action Plan (New York: UNCTAD, 2014), at xi.

74 United Nations General Assembly, ‘Resolution Adopted by the General Assembly on 6 July 2017’, UNGA resolution A/RES/71/313, 6 July 2017, online at: https://ggim.un.org/documents/a_res_71_313.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023) as amended through E/CN.3/2021/2 (indicators referring to FDI highlighted): indicators 2.a.2 (total official flows (official development assistance plus other official flows) to the agriculture sector), 3.b.2 (total net official development assistance to medical research and basic health sectors), 4.b.1 (volume of official development assistance flows for scholarships by sector and type of study), 6.a.1 (amount of water- and sanitation-related official development assistance that is part of a government-coordinated spending plan), 9.a.1 (total official international support (official development assistance plus other official flows) to infrastructure), 10.b.1 (total resource flows for development, by recipient and donor countries and type of flow (e.g. official development assistance, foreign direct investment and other flows)), 15.a.1 and b.1 ((a) official development assistance on conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity; and (b) revenue generated and finance mobilized from biodiversity-relevant economic instruments), 17.2.1 (net official development assistance, total and to least developed countries, as a proportion of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Development Assistance Committee donors’ gross national income (GNI)), 17.3.1 (foreign direct investment, official development assistance and South-South cooperation as a proportion of gross national income), and 17.5.1 (number of countries that adopt and implement investment promotion regimes for developing countries, including the least developed countries).

75 UNCTAD, Development and Globalization: Facts and Figures (Geneva: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development, 2016), at 165166, online at: https://stats.unctad.org/dgff2016/dgff2016.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023). UNCTAD identifies “four broad categories: investment facilitation; ‘investment incentives’; special economic zones (SEZ) and other.”

76 ‘SDG Indicator Metadata’, Indicator 17.5.1, at 2, http://unstats.un.org/sdgs/metadata/files/Metadata-17–05-01.pdf (last accessed 13 December 2022).

77 UNCTAD, ‘SDG Pulse 2021’, at 104 and 108, online at: https://unctad.org/webflyer/sdg-pulse-2021 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

78 See, e.g., T. Betz and A. Kerner, ‘The Influence of Interest: Real US Interest Rates and Bilateral Investment Treaties’ (2016) 11 The Review of International Organizations 419448.

79 The trade-off between international commitments and loss of policy space was acknowledged in ‘Resolution Adopted by the General Assembly on 22 September 2010’, UNGA resolution A/65/RES/1, 22 September 2010 (without a vote), para. 37, online at: https://documents-dds-ny.un.org/doc/UNDOC/GEN/N10/512/60/PDF/N1051260.pdf?OpenElement (last accessed 13 June 2023). On the evolving view on the benefits of such commitments in UNGA resolutions, see H. M. Haugen, ‘Trade and Investment Agreements. What Role for Economic, Social, and Cultural Rights in International Economic Law?’, in E. Riedel, G. Giacca, and C. Golay (eds.), Economic, Social, and Cultural Rights in International Law (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014), at 234236.

80 UNCTAD, Investment Policy Framework for Sustainable Development (Geneva: UNCTAD, 2015), at 27 ff, online at: https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/diaepcb2015d5_en.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

81 The following text is based on the information provided in WTO, Investment Facilitation for Development in the WTO, Fact sheet November 2021, as well as information contained in available summaries of discussion.

82 Summary of the negotiation meetings September 7–8 and October 4–5, 2021 (WTO docs. INF/IFD/R/26 and 27), para. 5.1.

83 WTO, ‘WTO Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation for Development: Negotiating Meeting Held on 12 and 13 July 2021: Summary of Discussions by the Coordinator’, INF/IFD/R/25, 15 October 2021, para. 3.1, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/INF/IFD/R25.pdf&Open=True (last accessed 13 June 2023).

84 In particular, the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the OECD Guidelines on Multinational Enterprises.

85 OECD Investment Committee, Amendment of the Decision of the Council on the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises (Paris: OECD Publishing, 2011), section II, para. 4, online at: www.oecd.org/daf/inv/mne/48004323.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023). See also Procedural Guidance, section I.C, para. 3(c).

86 See OECD, Database of specific instances, online at: http://mneguidelines.oecd.org/database/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

87 As of March 2019, the Convention has 186 parties. Non-parties include Andorra, Barbados, Eritrea, Monaco, North Korea, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, San Marino, Somalia, Suriname, Syria and Tonga.

88 United Nations General Assembly, ‘Resolution Adopted by the United Nations General Assembly on 19 December 2017’, A/RES/72/167, 18 January 2018, para. 41, online at: https://documents-dds-ny.un.org/doc/UNDOC/GEN/N17/455/66/PDF/N1745566.pdf?OpenElement (last accessed 13 June 2023).

89 OECD Working Group on Bribery, ‘2020 Enforcement of the Anti-Bribery Convention’, 23 December 2021, at 2–5, online at: www.oecd.org/daf/anti-bribery/oecd-anti-bribery-convention-enforcement-data-2021.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

90 Footnote Ibid., Austria sanctioned 7 and acquitted 15, Belgium sanctioned 10 and acquitted 21, and Finland sanctioned none and acquitted 22.

91 See WTO, ‘WTO Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation for Development Negotiating Meeting Held on 2 and 3 November 2021: Summary of Discussions by the Coordinator’, INF/IFD/R/28, 10 December 2021, para. 2.2, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=279429&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=0&FullTextHash=&HasEnglishRecord=True&HasFrenchRecord=True&HasSpanishRecord=True (last accessed 13 June 2023).

92 See United Nations Commission on International Trade Law, online at: www.uncitral.org/uncitral/en/commission/working_groups/3Investor_State.html (last accessed 13 June 2023).

8 Plurilateral Negotiations in the WTO on Services Domestic Regulation and Investment Facilitation for Development

2 WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Services Domestic Regulation’, WT/MIN(17)/61, 13 December 2017, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/MIN17/61.pdf&Open=True (last accessed 13 June 2023).

3 WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, WT/MIN(17)/59, 13 December 2017, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=240870 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

4 WTO, ‘Declaration on the Conclusion of Negotiations on Services Domestic Regulation’, W/T/L1129, 2 December 2021, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/L/1129.pdf&Open=True (last accessed 13 June 2023). This declaration was signed by sixty-seven WTO members. The Reference Paper on SDR is contained in annex 1 to the declaration.

5 WTO, ‘WTO Negotiations on Domestic Regulation Disciplines’, 2022, online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/serv_e/dom_reg_negs_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

6 WTO, ‘Doha Work Programme’, WT/MIN(01)/DEC/1, 20 November 2001, para. 20, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?CatalogueIdList=37246&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=0 (last accessed 13 June 2023). It should be noted that investment was not understood as investment facilitation but as comprising market access (see, Doha Work Programme, para. 22) which is excluded from the scope of the plurilateral negotiations on investment facilitation.

7 See WTO, ‘Day 5: Conference Ends without Consensus’, Summary of 14 September 2003, online at: www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/minist_e/min03_e/min03_14sept_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

8 WTO, ‘Workshop on Trade and Investment’, 20 March 2017, online at: www.wto.org/english/forums_e/business_e/miktamar17_e.htm (accessed 13 June 2023); WTO, ‘Workshop on Investment Facilitation for Development’, 10 July 2017, online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/invest_e/workshopinvestjuly17_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023); WTO, ‘Seminar on E-commerce and Investment Facilitation’, 24 July 2017, online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/invest_e/seminar_invest_240717_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

9 WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’ WT/MIN(17)/59, para. 4.

10 See WTO News, ‘Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation for Development Move into Negotiating Mode’, 25 September 2020, online at: www.wto.org/english/news_e/news20_e/infac_25sep20_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

11 M. Roy, ‘Elevating Services: Services Trade Policy, WTO Commitments, and Their Role in Economic Development and Trade Integration’, WTO Staff Working Paper ERSD-2019-01, 8 March 2019, at 14, online at: www.wto.org/english/res_e/reser_e/ersd201901_e.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

12 H. Mamdouh, ‘Trade and Investment: Why the WTO?’, Presentation at the MIKTA Workshop on Trade and Investment, 20 March 2017, slide 5, online at: www.wto.org/english/forums_e/business_e/services_trade_and_investment_hm_march17.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

13 WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation: Rationale and Content, Potential Economic Benefits, and Increasing Prevalence in Trade Agreements’, November 2021, at 2, online at: https://worldtradescanner.com/sdr_factsheet_e_oct21.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023); See also M. Jelitto, ‘Services Domestic Regulation – Current Discussions in the WTO’, Presentation at the MIKTA Workshop on Regulatory Frameworks to Facilitate Trade in Services, slide 4, 14 November 2019, online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/serv_e/mikta_workshop_141119_e/markus_jelitto.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

14 WTO Secretariat, ‘Investment Facilitation for Development in the WTO’, January 2023, at 2, online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/invfac_public_e/factsheet_ifd.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023); See also, R. Azevêdo, ‘DG Azevêdo Welcomes Progress in Discussions on Investment Facilitation’, 18 July 2019, online at: www.wto.org/english/news_e/news19_e/infac_18jul19_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

15 Note that the IFD initiative would not only apply to FDI in services but also to FDI in non-services sectors, see, N. Bernasconi-Osterwalder, S. Leal Campos, and C. van der Ven, ‘The Proposed Multilateral Framework on Investment Facilitation: An Analysis of Its Relationship to International Trade and Investment Agreements’, International Institute for Sustainable Development & CUTS International, Geneva, August 2020, at 25, online at: www.iisd.org/system/files/2020-09/multilateral-framework-investment-facilitation-en.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

16 See article 3.2 DSU and the corresponding case law of WTO adjudicatory bodies, e.g. panel report, US – Section 301 Trade Act, para. 7.75; AB report, US – Corrosion-Resistant Steel Sunset Review, para. 82.

17 Bernasconi-Osterwalder, Leal Campos, and van der Ven, ‘The Proposed Multilateral Framework on Investment Facilitation’, at 20.

18 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation: Reference Paper on Services Domestic Regulation’, INF/SDR/2, 26 November 2021, section I, para. 7, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/INF/SDR/2.pdf&Open=True (last accessed 13 June 2023); See also, WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 2; Jelitto, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, slide 8; EU Commission, ‘EU Trade Policy: WTO Negotiations on Domestic Regulation in Services’, Civil Society Dialogue, 15 January 2020, slide 8, online at: https://trade.ec.europa.eu/doclib/docs/2020/january/tradoc_158593.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023). This approach has already been previously used in services trade, namely WTO, ‘Telecommunications Services: Reference Paper on Basic Telecommunications Services’, 24 April 1996, online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/serv_e/telecom_e/tel23_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023); See D. Roseman, ‘Domestic Regulation and Trade in Telecommunications Services: Experience and Prospects under the GATS’, in A. Mattoo and P. Sauvé (eds.), Domestic Regulation & Services Trade Liberalization (New York: World Bank & Oxford University Press, 2003), at 8889; WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2019: The Future of the Services Trade’, at 175–176, online at: https://repository.gheli.harvard.edu/repository/13138/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

19 For a discussion of the legal options for integrating an IFD Agreement into the WTO legal framework, see H. Mamdouh, Legal Options for Integrating a New Investment Facilitation Agreement into the WTO Structure (Geneva: International Trade Centre, 2021), at 8 et seq., online at: https://intracen.org/media/file/10407 (20 December 2022).

20 WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’; see also, R. Azevêdo, ‘Businesses Want More Transparent and Predictable Services Regulation’, 14 November 2019, at 2, online at: www.wto.org/english/news_e/spra_e/spra294_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

21 WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’ WT/MIN(17)/59, para. 4; WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, WT/L1072/Rev. 1, 22 November 2019, para. 2, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?CatalogueIdList=259087,258531&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=0 (last accessed 13 June 2023); WTO, ‘Joint Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, para. 2. See also, Azevêdo, ‘Businesses Want More Transparent and Predictable Services Regulation’, at 2.

22 Azevêdo, ‘DG Azevêdo Welcomes Progress in Discussions on Investment Facilitation’, at 3; N. J. Calamita, ‘Multilateralizing Investment Facilitation at the WTO: Looking for the Added Value’ (2020) 23 Journal of International Economic Law 973988. For a discussion of how the lessons of the TFA and the negotiations leading to that agreement could be applied to the IFD initiative see, B. Hoekman, From Trade to Investment Facilitation: Parallels and Differences (Geneva: International Trade Centre, 2021), at 13 et seq., at 16 et seq., online at: https://intracen.org/es/media/10409 (last accessed 13 June 2023); M. Saeed, ‘Implementing an Investment Facilitation Framework for Development: Lessons from the Trade Facilitation Agreement’, Columbia FDI Perspectives, Perspectives on Topical Foreign Direct Investment Issues No. 322, 10 January 2022, passim, online at: https://ccsi.columbia.edu/sites/default/files/content/docs/fdipercent20perspectives/Nopercent20322percent20-percent20Saeedpercent20-percent20FINAL.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

23 WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’ WT/MIN(17)/59, para. 4; WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, WT/L1072/Rev. 1, para. 3; WTO, ‘Joint Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, para. 5.

24 See B. Hoekman, ‘Trade in Services: Opening Markets to Create Opportunities’, WIDER Working Paper 2017/31, at 11–12, online at: www.wider.unu.edu/sites/default/files/wp2017-31.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023), on the relationship between good economic governance and the potential gains from services trade liberalization.

25 WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2012: Trade and Public Policies: A Closer Look at Non-Tariff Measures in the 21st Century’, at 213 (as regards SDR), online at: www.wto.org/english/res_e/booksp_e/anrep_e/wtr12-2a_e.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023); in a similar vein Azevêdo, ‘DG Azevêdo Welcomes Progress in Discussions on Investment Facilitation’, at 3 (as regards IFD). See also A. H. Lim and B. De Meester, ‘Addressing the Domestic Regulation and Services Trade Interface: Reflections on the Way Ahead’ in A. H. Lim and B. De Meester (eds.), WTO Domestic Regulation and Services Trade: Putting Principles into Practice (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2014), at 347.

26 See WTO, ‘Disciplines on Domestic Regulation Pursuant to GATS Article VI.4’, June 2011, para. 11. The EU pursues a “better regulation agenda”, see European Commission, ‘Completing the Better Regulation Agenda: Better Solutions for Better Results’, COM(2017) 651 final, 24 October 2017, online at: https://commission.europa.eu/system/files/2017-10/completing-the-better-regulation-agenda-better-solutions-for-better-results_en.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

27 WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 2; Azevêdo, ‘Businesses Want More Transparent and Predictable Services Regulation’, at 2 (with respect to SDR); WTO Secretariat, ‘Investment Facilitation for Development in the WTO’, at 2; Azevêdo, ‘DG Azevêdo Welcomes Progress in Discussions on Investment Facilitation’, at 2. See also A. Berger and A. Dadkhah, ‘Challenges of Negotiating and Implementing An International Investment Facilitation Framework’, discussion note (2019), at 2 (as regards IFD), online at: www.idos-research.de/fileadmin/user_upload/pdfs/Sonstige/Challenges_of_negotiating_and_implementing_an_international_investment_facilitation_framework_5.12.2019.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

28 See WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2012’, at 177, 186–187.

29 See WTO, ‘Committee on Technical Barriers to Trade: Decisions and Recommendations Adopted by the WTO Committee on Technical Barriers to Trade since 1 January 1995’, G/TBT/1/Rev. 14, 24 September 2019, at 6–9, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/G/TBT/1R14.pdf&Open=True (last accessed 13 June 2023); OECD/WTO, ‘Facilitating Trade through Regulatory Cooperation: The Case of the WTO’s TBT/SPS Agreements and Committees’, 2019, at 9, online at: www.wto.org/english/res_e/booksp_e/tbtsps19_e.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

30 G. Feketekuty, ‘Regulatory Reform and Trade Liberalization in Services’, in P. Sauvé and R. M. Stern (eds.), GATS 2000: New Directions in Services Trade Liberalization (Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press, 2000), at 225, 228; A. H. Lim and B. De Meester, ‘An Introduction to Domestic Regulation and GATS’ in A. H. Lim and B. De Meester (eds.), WTO Domestic Regulation and Services Trade: Putting Principles into Practice (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2014), at 9;A. Mattoo and P. Sauvé, Domestic Regulation & Services Trade Liberalization (New York: World Bank & Oxford University Press, 2003), at 3 and 5. For a comparison between regulatory disciplines found in WTO rules on goods and services trade, see J. P. Trachtman, ‘Lessons for the GATS from Existing WTO Rules on Domestic Regulation’, in A. Mattoo and P. Sauvé (eds.), Domestic Regulation & Services Trade Liberalization (New York: World Bank & Oxford University Press, 2003), at 57 et seq.; see also R. Basedow and C. Kauffmann, ‘International Trade and Good Regulatory Practices: Assessing the Trade Impacts of Regulation’, OECD Regulatory Policy Working Papers, No. 4, 20 July 2016, online at: www.oecd-ilibrary.org/docserver/5jlv59hdgtf5-en.pdf?expires=1671858669&id=id&accname=guest&checksum=1E21FA2C50F453399FF71432BC8F1A7D (last accessed 13 June 2023) for a review of how good regulatory principles may contribute to mainstreaming international trade considerations in regulatory decision-making and addressing regulatory divergence.

31 OECD/WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation in the WTO: Cutting Red Tape, Slashing Trade Costs, and Facilitating Services Trade’, Trade Policy Brief, 26 November 2021, at 2, online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/serv_e/oecd_wto_trade_policy_2021.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023); WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 3.

32 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section I, para. 1.

33 WTO, ‘Article VI:4 of the GATS: Disciplines on Domestic Regulation Applicable to all Services’, S/C/W/96, Council for Trade in Services, 1 March 1999, para. 8, online at: https://docsonline.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/DirectDoc.aspx?filename=tpercent3Apercent2Fspercent2Fcpercent2Fw96.doc& (last accessed 13 June 2023); WTO, ‘Disciplines on Domestic Regulation Pursuant to GATS Article VI.4’, paras. 3 and 9; Lim and De Meester, ‘Addressing the Domestic Regulation and Services Trade Interface’, at 332 and 347.

34 M. Krajewski, ‘Domestic Regulation and Services Trade: Lessons from Regional and Bilateral Free Trade Agreements’, in P. Sauvé and M. Roy (eds.), Research Handbook on International Trade in Services (Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Publishing, 2016), at 4. See also WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2019’, at 180.

35 WTO, ‘Disciplines on Domestic Regulation Pursuant to GATS Article VI.4’,para. 11; WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2012’, at 183–184; WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2019’, at 84; OECD/WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation in the WTO’, at 1; Lim and De Meester, ‘An Introduction to Domestic Regulation and GATS’, at 2. On the negative effect of regulatory differences on services trade see H. K. Nordås, ‘Services Trade Restrictiveness Index (STRI): The Trade Effect of Regulatory Differences’, OECD Trade Policy Papers, No. 189, 13 May 2016, online at: www.oecd-ilibrary.org/trade/services-trade-restrictiveness-index_5jlz9z022plp-en (last accessed 13 June 2023).

36 See WTO, ‘Article VI:4 of the GATS’, para. 9; WTO, ‘Disciplines on Domestic Regulation Pursuant to GATS Article VI.4’, para. 8. See also G. Feketekuty, ‘Assessing and Improving the Architecture of GATS’, in P. Sauvé and R. M. Stern (eds.), GATS 2000: New Directions in Services Trade Liberalization (Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press, 2000), at 101; A. Mattoo and P. Sauvé (eds.), Domestic Regulation & Services Trade Liberalization (New York: World Bank & Oxford University Press, 2003), at 3; WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2012’, at 212.

37 WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 2.

38 WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2019’, at 175. For an explanation of these regulatory measures, see M. Krajewski, National Regulation and Trade Liberalization in Services: The Legal Impact of the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) on National Regulatory Autonomy (Hague: Kluwer Law International, 2003), at 136.

39 The second sentence of paragraph 4 sets forth three criteria which serve as guidance for the development of future regulatory disciplines, see Lim and De Meester, ‘An Introduction to Domestic Regulation and GATS’, at 8–9; WTO, ‘Disciplines on Domestic Regulation Pursuant to GATS Article VI.4’, para. 16.

40 The same rationale is reflected in, e.g., article 2.2 TBT, see Krajewski, National Regulation and Trade Liberalization in Services, at 141 et seq., for a discussion of the concept of necessity in this context.

41 WTO, ‘Article VI:4 of the GATS’, para. 15.

42 Lim and De Meester, ‘An Introduction to Domestic Regulation and GATS’, at 9; Krajewski, ‘Domestic Regulation and Services Trade’, at 5; Trachtman, ‘Lessons for the GATS from Existing WTO Rules on Domestic Regulation’, at 67.

43 See M. Krajewski, ‘Article VI GATS’, in R. Wolfrum, P. Stoll, and C. Feinäugle (eds.), WTO – Trade in Services (Leiden: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 2008), para. 44; Krajewski, ‘Domestic Regulation and Services Trade’, at 8.

44 WTO, ‘Joint Statement on Services Domestic Regulation’, WT/L/1059, 23 May 2019, para. 4, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/L/1059.pdf&Open=True (last accessed 13 June 2023). See WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 2–3.

45 WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2012’, at 216; WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2019’, at 186; see also P. Low, Rethinking Services in a Changing World, E15 Expert Group on Services-Policy Options Paper (Geneva: International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development and World Economic Forum, 2016), at 20, online at: www3.weforum.org/docs/E15/WEF_Services_report_2015_1401.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

46 WTO, ‘Declaration on the Conclusion of Negotiations on Services Domestic Regulation’, para. 1.

47 Footnote Ibid., para. 2.

48 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section I, para. 1. (the word “Agreement” in the reference paper means the GATS, see para. 1). Footnote 1 to the Reference Paper’s first paragraph in section I clarifies that “further disciplines may be developed”, pursuant to the negotiating mandate of GATS article VI:4.

49 Footnote Ibid., See also Jelitto, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, slide 4.

50 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section II, para. 1. The term “affecting trade in services” is also found in GATS article I:1, which determines GATS’ scope of application, and has been interpreted to mean a “broad scope of application”, AB report, EC – Bananas III, para. 220. The term “affecting” in the national treatment provision of GATT article III:4 has been interpreted in a similar manner, AB report, US – FSC (Art. 21.5 – EC), paras. 208–209.

51 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section I, para. 8. Nonetheless, WTO members are encouraged to apply the disciplines also to uncommitted sectors, ibid.

52 Footnote Ibid., section II, para. 3.

53 WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 2.

54 Section III of the Reference Paper sets out alternative disciplines on SDR for financial services. These alternative disciplines are thus sectoral disciplines whereas the disciplines in section II are of a horizontal nature. Contrary to the disciplines in reference paper’s section II, WTO members are not obliged to inscribe these alternative disciplines in their GATS schedules, WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section I, para. 7.

55 Ensuring due process in relation to customs matters is a basic object and purpose of the GATT, see AB report, Thailand – Cigarettes (Philippines), para. 202.

56 WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 2.

57 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section II, paras. 4–9, 12. The discipline on the independence of competent authorities is somewhat different from the other disciplines regarding the application process in that it is primarily institutional in nature.

58 Footnote Ibid., section II, paras. 10–11.

59 Footnote Ibid., section II, para. 22.

60 On the principles of reasonableness, objectivity and impartiality, which also underly GATS article VI:1, see A. Mitchell and T. Voon, ‘Reasonableness, Impartiality and Objectivity’ in A. H. Lim and B. De Meester (eds.), WTO Domestic Regulation and Services Trade: Putting Principles into Practice (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2014), at 65, 72 et seq.

61 Paragraph 22 of the Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation, Reference Paper on Services Domestic Regulation is the first WTO provision on non-discrimination between men and women and is intended to support women’s economic empowerment and increase their participation in services trade, WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 2.

62 See P. Delimatsis, ‘Who’s Afraid of Necessity? And Why It Matters?’, in A. H. Lim and B. De Meester (eds.), WTO Domestic Regulation and Services Trade: Putting Principles into Practice (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2014), at 104106. See also Lim and De Meester, ‘Addressing the Domestic Regulation and Services Trade Interface’, at 332 and 347.

63 Mattoo argues that introducing a “necessity test” in regulatory disciplines could create a “hold back” problem because it could inhibit WTO members’ willingness to enter into new specific commitments as long as current commitments do not cover all sectors and measures, at 4–5.

64 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section II, paras. 13–20.

65 WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 2.

66 Footnote Ibid.; WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section I, para. 3.

67 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section I, para. 5.

68 Footnote Ibid., section I, para. 6. This provision only refers to WTO members’ obligations but it would have been more correct to also refer to WTO members’ rights, cf. DSU articles 3.2 and 19.2.

69 WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 2; see also Jelitto, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, slide 4.

70 For a discussion on balancing legal certainty and regulatory flexibility, see M. Krajewski, ‘Balancing Legal Certainty with Regulatory Flexibility’, in A. H. Lim and B. De Meester (eds.), WTO Domestic Regulation and Services Trade: Putting Principles into Practice (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2014), at 91–92.

71 OECD/WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation in the WTO’, at 1.

72 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section I, paras. 10–12.

73 Footnote Ibid., para. 10. An extension of a transitional period may be requested; such a request is to be granted sympathetic consideration, taking account of the specific circumstances of the developing country member submitting the request.

74 Footnote Ibid., para. 11.

76 As emphasized by Lim and De Meester, ‘Addressing the Domestic Regulation and Services Trade Interface’, at 332 and 351: “Finally, capacity-building is a vital element … Finding ways to support regulatory capacity-building and cooperation so as to complement services policy reform and minimize the effects of regulatory diversity across jurisdictions could do much to foster trade and development.”

77 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section I, para. 12.

79 Footnote Ibid., section I, para. 7. See Lim and De Meester, ‘Addressing the Domestic Regulation and Services Trade Interface’, at 332 and 349; WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2012’, at 213.

80 WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 1.

81 WTO, ‘Declaration on the Conclusion of Negotiations on Services Domestic Regulation’, para. 4; WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section I, para. 7. At MC12, three more WTO members joined the JSI on SDR, online at: www.wto.org/english/news_e/news22_e/serv_13jun22_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

82 WTO, ‘Declaration on the Conclusion of Negotiations on Services Domestic Regulation’, para. 5.

83 See online at: www.wto.org/english/news_e/news22_e/jssdr_20dec22_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

84 See Mamdouh, Legal Options for Integrating a New Investment Facilitation Agreement, at 9.

85 WTO, ‘Procedures for the Certification or Rectifications or Improvements to Schedules of Specific Commitments’, S/L/84, Council for Trade in Services, 18 April 2000, para. 2, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?CatalogueIdList=25887&CurrentCatalogueIdIndex=0 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

86 WTO, ‘The Legal Status of ‘Joint Statement Initiatives’ and Their Negotiated Outcomes’ Communication by India and South Africa’, WT/GC/W/819, 19 February 2021, paras. 3, 5 and 8.

87 If objections made in the certification process are not withdrawn, WTO members wishing to modify their GATS schedules have to resort to a modification of their GATS schedules in accordance with article XXI GATS and the procedures for the implementation of article XXI GATS, S/L/84, para. 4.

88 Footnote Ibid., para. 1.

89 WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 2.

90 OECD/WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation in the WTO’, at 3–6.

91 Footnote Ibid., at 5.

92 WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’ WT/MIN(17)/59, para. 4; WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, WT/L1072/Rev. 1, para. 3; WTO, ‘Joint Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, para. 5.

93 WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’ WT/MIN(17)/59, para. 6; WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, WT/L1072/Rev. 1, para. 3; WTO, ‘Joint Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, para. 3.

94 See Bernasconi-Osterwalder, Leal Campos, and van der Ven, ‘The Proposed Multilateral Framework on Investment Facilitation’, at 48; Calamita, ‘Multilateralizing Investment Facilitation at the WTO’, at 979.

95 Bernasconi-Osterwalder, Leal Campos, and van der Ven, ‘The Proposed Multilateral Framework on Investment Facilitation’, at 44. See also Feketekuty, ‘Assessing and Improving the Architecture of GATS’, who has advocated early on for consistency between new WTO rules on investment and existing GATS rules, at 85 and 109.

96 WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’ WT/MIN(17)/59, para. 1; WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, WT/L1072/Rev. 1, para. 2; WTO, ‘Joint Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, paras. 1–2. See WTO Secretariat, ‘Investment Facilitation for Development in the WTO’, at 2.

97 UNCTAD, ‘Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation’, May 2017, at 4, online at: https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/uploaded-files/document/Actionpercent20Menupercent2023–05-2017_7pm_web.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023). See also A. Novik and A. de Crombrugghe, ‘Towards an International Framework for Investment Facilitation’, OECD Investment Insights, April 2018, at 1, online at: www.oecd.org/investment/Towards-an-international-framework-for-investment-facilitation.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

98 UNCTAD, ‘Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation’, at 4; J. Zhan, ‘Investment Facilitation: Scene-Setting on Investment Facilitation’, 10 July 2017, slide 3, online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/invest_e/05_session_3_james_zhan_unctad.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023). On the other hand, it is argued that countries have adopted a record number of investment facilitation measures over the past decade, acting upon policy guidance emanating from several international organizations, Calamita, ‘Multilateralizing Investment Facilitation at the WTO’, at 977–979.

99 See WTO Secretariat, ‘Investment Facilitation for Development in the WTO’, at 2. See also Novik and de Crombrugghe, ‘Towards an International Framework for Investment Facilitation’, at 8–9.

100 WTO, ‘WTO Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation for Development’, Consolidated Document by the Coordinator (“Easter Text”), INF / IFD / RD / 74 / Rev. 1, 23 July 2021, at 8–9, online at: www.bilaterals.org/IMG/pdf/wto_plurilateral_investment_facilitation_draft_consolidated_revised_easter_text-2.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

101 It is conceivable that WTO members may be allowed to exclude certain (services and non-services) sectors from the scope of the IFD disciplines.

102 Note that WTO members are encouraged to apply the SDR disciplines to additional sectors, WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section I, para. 8.

103 WTO, ‘World Trade Report 2019’, at 168.

104 WTO, ‘WTO Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation for Development’, at 10.

105 See art. 2.1. EU FDI screening regulation.

106 GATS article XXVIII (d).

107 C. Feinäugle, ‘Article XXVIII GATS’, in R. Wolfrum, P. Stoll, and C. Feinäugle (eds.), WTO – Trade in Services (Leiden: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 2008), para. 15.

108 GATS article XXVIII (m) (ii) requires a juridical person of another member to be “owned or controlled” by (natural or juridical) persons of that member, in the case of the supply of a service through commercial presence. GATS article XXVIII (n) defines the terms “owned” and “controlled”. The criterion “owned” requires persons of a member to own more than 50 percent of the equity interest in a juridical person whereas the criterion “controlled” requires persons of a member to have the power to name a majority of the directors or otherwise to legally direct the actions of a juridical person. See also Mamdouh, Legal Options for Integrating a New Investment Facilitation Agreement, at 10.

109 See Bernasconi-Osterwalder, Leal Campos, and van der Ven, ‘The Proposed Multilateral Framework on Investment Facilitation’, at 23; Mamdouh, Legal Options for Integrating a New Investment Facilitation Agreement, at 10.

110 WTO Secretariat, ‘Investment Facilitation for Development in the WTO’, at 1. See also Berger and Dadkhah, ‘Challenges of Negotiating and Implementing an International Investment Facilitation Framework’, at 6.

111 See World Bank, Retention and Expansion of Foreign Direct Investment: Political Risk and Policy Responses: Summary of Research Findings and Policy Implications (Washington, DC: World Bank Group, 2019), at 2, online at: https://documents.worldbank.org/en/publication/documents-reports/documentdetail/528401576141837231/political-risk-and-policy-responses-summary-of-research-findings-and-policy-implications (last accessed 13 June 2023); P. Kher, T. T. Tran, and S. Hebous, ‘Reducing Regulatory Risk to Attract and Retain FDI’, Columbia FDI Perspectives No. 306, May 31 2021, at 1, online at: https://ccsi.columbia.edu/sites/default/files/content/docs/fdipercent20perspectives/Nopercent20306percent20-percent20Kher,percent20Tran,percent20andpercent20Hebouspercent20-percent20FINAL.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

112 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section II, para. 1.

113 See article 13.2.b. of the Easter Text which requires that authorization “procedures are adequate for applicants to demonstrate whether they meet the requirements”.

114 See WTO, ‘Services Domestic Regulation’, at 2.

115 Footnote Ibid.; see also UNCTAD, ‘Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation’, at 4.

116 WTO, ‘WTO Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation for Development’, at 17–19.

117 An exception applies to the obligation concerning the review of administrative decisions affecting investment, as this obligation is tempered by a paragraph that allows WTO members to refrain from instituting such review mechanisms “where this would be inconsistent with its constitutional character or the nature of its legal system”, Footnote ibid., at 20. This constitutional “carve out” is the same as the one in article VI:2b) GATS.

118 WTO, ‘WTO Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation for Development’, at 17.

119 Footnote Ibid., at 20.

120 In light thereof, it would seem more appropriate to place these disciplines in the IFD disciplines’ section I on scope and general principles.

121 Krajewski, National Regulation and Trade Liberalization in Services, at 125; M. Krajewski, ‘Article VI GATS’, para. 8.

122 WTO, ‘WTO Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation for Development’, at 17.

123 Cf. AB report, EC – Selected Customs Matters, para. 224, where the AB held that the notion “administer” in article X:3(a) GA3ee3TT refers to putting into practical effect, or applying, a legal instrument in terms of article X:1 GATT.

124 WTO, ‘WTO Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation for Development’, at 20.

125 WTO, ‘Joint Initiative on Services Domestic Regulation’, section I, paras. 10–12.

126 WTO, ‘WTO Structured Discussions on Investment Facilitation for Development’, at 28–39.

127 On lessons from the implementation of the TFA for the implementation of IFD disciplines see Saeed, ‘Implementing an Investment Facilitation Framework for Development’.

128 Berger and Dadkhah, ‘Challenges of Negotiating and Implementing an International Investment Facilitation Framework’, at 5; A. Berger, A. Dadkhah and Z. Olekseyuk, ‘Quantifying Investment Facilitation at Country Level: Introducing a New Index’, DIE Discussion Paper, 23/2021, at 21.

129 Berger and Dadkhah, ‘Challenges of Negotiating and Implementing an International Investment Facilitation Framework’, at 3; Berger, Dadkhah, and Olekseyuk, ‘Quantifying Investment Facilitation at Country Level’, at 20.

9 Special Economic Zones and Investment Facilitation

1 UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2019: Special Economic Zones (Geneva: United Nations, 2019), at 128, online at: https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/wir2019_en.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

2 UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2016: Investor Nationality: Policy Challenges (Geneva: United Nations, 2016), at 4, online at: https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/wir2016_en.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

3 A. Aggarwal, Economic Impacts of SEZs: Theoretical Approaches and Analysis of Newly Notified SEZs in India (Munich: MPRA Paper, 2010), online at: https://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/20902/2/MPRA_paper_20902.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023); ASEAN and UNCTAD, ASEAN Investment Report 2017: Foreign Direct Investment and Economic Zones in ASEAN (Jakarta: ASEAN Secretariat, 2017), online at: https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/unctad_asean_air2017d1.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023); Asian Development Bank, The Role of Special Economic Zones in Improving Effectiveness of Greater Mekong Subregion Economic Corridors (Manila: Asian Development Bank, 2018), online at: http://dx.doi.org/10.22617/TCS179021 (last accessed 13 June 2023); T. Farole, ‘Second Best? Investment Climate and Performance in Africa’s Special Economic Zones’ (World Bank Policy Research Working Paper 5447, 2010), online at: https://doi.org/10.1596/1813-9450-5447 (last accessed 13 June 2023); T. Farole and G. Akinci (eds.), Special Economic Zones: Progress, Emerging Challenges, and Future Directions. Directions in Development Series (Washington, DC: World Bank, 2011), online at: http://hdl.handle.net/10986/2341 (last accessed 13 June 2023); S. A. Frick, A. Rodríguez-Pose, and M. D. Wong, ‘Toward Economically Dynamic Special Economic Zones in Emerging Countries’ (2019) 95 Economic Geography 3064; International Labour Organization Governing Body, ‘Employment and Social Policy in Respect of Export Processing Zones (EPZs)’, GB.286/ESP/3 (Geneva: International Labour Organization, 2003), online at: www.ilo.org/public/libdoc/ilo/GB/286/GB.286_esp_3_engl.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023); L. Moberg, ‘The Political Economy of Special Economic Zones’ (2014) 11 Journal of Institutional Economics 167190;A. A. Pereira, State Collaboration and Development Strategies in China: The Case of China-Singapore Suzhou Industrial Park (1992–2002) (London: Routledge, 2003); World Bank Group, Special Economic Zones: An Operational Review of Their Impacts (Washington, DC: World Bank Group, 2017), online at: http://hdl.handle.net/10986/29054 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

4 A. Novik and A. de Crombrugghe, ‘Towards an International Framework for Investment Facilitation’, OECD Investment Insights, April 2018, at 12, online at: www.oecd.org/investment/Towards-an-international-framework-for-investment-facilitation.pdf (last accessed 12 December 2022); S. Balino, M. D. Brauch, and R. Jose, Investment Facilitation: History and the Latest Developments in the Structured Discussions (Geneva: International Institute for Sustainable Development & CUTS International, 2020), online at: www.iisd.org/publications/report/investment-facilitation-history-and-latest-developments-structured-discussions (last accessed 13 June 2023); N. Bernasconi-Osterwalder and S. Baliño, ‘Developments on Investment Facilitation’, in L. Sachs, L. Johnson, and J. Coleman (eds.), The Yearbook of International Investment Law and Policy 2018 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2019), at 60–75; R. K. Joseph, ‘Investment Facilitation in WTO: For Development?’, Policy Brief, No. 3, Institute for Studies in Industrial Development, December 2017, online at: www.researchgate.net/publication/321667974_Investment_Facilitation_in_WTO_For_Development (last accessed 13 June 2023); K. P. Sauvant and K. Hamdani, An International Support Programme for Sustainable Investment Facilitation, E15Initiative (Geneva: International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development and World Economic Forum, 2015), online at: https://academiccommons.columbia.edu/doi/10.7916/D87949H8 (last accessed 13 June 2023); UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2016, at 4; UNCTAD, ‘Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation’ (Geneva: UNCTAD, 2016), online at: https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/uploaded-files/document/Actionpercent20Menupercent2001–12-2016percent20ENpercent20lightpercent20version.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023); J. Zhang, Investment Facilitation: Making Sense of Concepts, Discussions and Processes (Manitoba: International Institute for Sustainable Development, 2018), online at: www.iisd.org/system/files/publications/investment-facilitation-webinar-background.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

5 UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2019, at 137 ff (12 December 2022).

6 Asian Development Bank, Role of Special Economic Zones.

7 West Africa Brief, ‘Burkina Faso, Cote d’lvoire and Mali Launch Special Economic Zone’, 14 May 2018, online at: www.west-africa-brief.org/content/en/burkina-faso-cpercentC3percentB4te-dpercentE2percent80percent99ivoire-and-mali-launch-special-economic-zone (last accessed 13 June 2023).

8 C. Carter and A. Harding (eds.), Special Economic Zones in Asian Market Economies (New York and London: Routledge, 2011); M. Engman, O. Onodera, and E. Pinali, ‘Export Processing Zones: Past and Future Role in Trade and Development’, OECD Trade Policy Papers, No. 53 (2007), OECD Publishing, online at: https://doi.org/10.1787/035168776831 (last accessed 13 June 2023); T. Farole, ‘Special Economic Zones: What Have We Learned?’, The World Bank: Economic Premises, No. 64, September 2011, online at: http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/275691468204537118/Special-economic-zones-what-have-we-learned (last accessed 13 June 2023); Moberg, ‘The Political Economy of Special Economic Zones’; P. Nema and P. Pokhariyal, ‘SEZs as Growth Engines – India Vs China’, 6 October 2008, online at: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1279023 (last accessed 13 June 2023); Pereira, State Collaboration and Development Strategies in China.

9 A. Palit and S. Bhattacharjee, Special Economic Zones in India: Myths and Realities (London: Anthem Press, 2008);G. Akinci and J. Crittle, Special Economic Zones: Performance, Lessons Learned, and Implications for Zone Development, Foreign Investment Advisory Service (FIAS) occasional paper (Washington, DC: World Bank, 2008), online at: http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/343901468330977533/Special-economic-zone-performance-lessons-learned-and-implication-for-zone-development (last accessed 13 June 2023); International Labour Organization Governing Body, ‘Employment and Social Policy in Respect of Export Processing Zones (EPZs)’; International Labour Organization, Promoting Decent Work and Protecting Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work in Export Processing Zones, MEWEPZ/2017 (Geneva: International Labour Organization, 2017), online at: www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---ed_emp/---emp_ent/---ifp_seed/documents/publication/wcms_584474.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023); OECD and European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO), Trade in Counterfeit Goods and Free Trade Zones: Evidence from Recent Trends (Paris: OECD Publishing, 2018), online at: https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264289550-en (last accessed 13 June 2023).

10 UNCTAD, ‘Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation’ (Geneva: UNCTAD, 2017) online at: https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/uploaded-files/document/Actionpercent20Menupercent2023–05-2017_7pm_web.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

11 WTO, ‘Negotiations on an Investment Facilitation Agreement Show High Level of Engagement’, 9 October 2020, online at: www.wto.org/english/news_e/news20_e/infac_09oct20_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

12 UNCTAD, ‘Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation’.

13 UNCTAD, Investment Policy Monitor Database, online at: https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-policy-monitor (last accessed 13 June 2023), compared to data from Figure 1, UNCTAD, ‘Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation’.

14 A. Berger and Z. Olekseyuk, ‘Investment Facilitation for Sustainable Development: Index Maps Adoption at Domestic Level’, DIE, 8 October 2019, online at: https://blogs.die-gdi.de/longform/investment-facilitation-for-sustainable-development/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

15 Farole, ‘Special Economic Zones: What Have We Learned?’.

16 Moberg, ‘The Political Economy of Special Economic Zones’.

17 UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2019, at 130.

18 T. Christensen and P. Lægreid, ‘The Whole-of-Government Approach to Public Sector Reform’ (2007) 67 Public Administration Review 10591066.

19 The eRegulations system is an information portal that sets out clear administrative procedures, seeking to boost transparency. The eSimplification tool sets out ten key principles that governments can use to simplify existing procedures without making changes in laws. The eRegistration system enables governments to develop online transactional “single windows” for areas such as company registration, construction permits and export licenses. More information can be found online at https://businessfacilitation.org/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

20 Dezan Shira & Associates, ‘Vietnam’s Industrial Zones – How to Pick a Location for Your Business’, Vietnam Briefing, 24 April 2019, online at: www.vietnam-briefing.com/news/vietnam-industrial-zones-how-to-pick-location-for-your-business.html/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

21 UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2022: International Tax Reforms and Sustainable Investment (Geneva: UNCTAD, 2022), online at: https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/wir2022_en.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

22 Footnote Ibid., at 110 ff.

23 UNCTAD, Investment Facilitation: Progress on the Ground’, Investment Policy Monitor (Geneva: UNCATD, 2022), online at: https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/diaepcbinf2022d1_en.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

24 UNCTAD, Post Covid-19: Investment Promotion Agencies and the “New Normal” (Geneva: UNCTAD, 2020), online at: https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/diaepcbinf2020d5_en.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

25 WTO, ‘Investment Facilitation for Development’, online at: www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/minist_e/mc12_e/briefing_notes_e/bfinvfac_e.htm#fntext-1 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

26 UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2019, at 202 ff.

10 Investment Facilitation and the Global Technology Sector Intergovernmental Cooperation versus Geopolitical Rivalry

1 L. Adams, P. Régibeau, and K. Rockett, ‘Incentives to Create Jobs: Regional Subsidies, National Trade Policy and Foreign Direct Investment’ (2014) 11 Journal of Public Economics 102119.

2 J. B. Heath, ‘The New National Security Challenge to the Economic Order’ (2020) 129 The Yale Law Journal 10201098.

3 R. Bukht and R. Heeks, ‘Defining, Conceptualising and Measuring the Digital Economy’, Development Informatics Working Paper No. 68, 3 August 2017, online at: http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3431732 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

4 D. Amoroso, ‘A Fresh Look at the Issue of Non-Justiciability of Defence and Foreign Affairs’ (2010) 23 Leiden Journal of International Law 933948.

5 Heath, ‘The New National Security Challenge to the Economic Order’.

6 N. F Diebold, ‘Standards of Non-Discrimination in International Economic Law’ (2011) 60 International and Comparative Law Quarterly 831865.

7 UNCTAD, ‘Preserving Flexibility in IIAs: The Use of Reservations’ (New York : UNCTAD, 2006), online at: https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/iteiit20058_en.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

8 C. H. Kirkpatrick and D. Parker (eds.), Regulatory Impact Assessment: Towards Better Regulation (Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Publishing, 2007).

9 S. Shapiro and D. Borie-Holtz (eds.), The Politics of Regulatory Reform (New York: Routledge, 2014).

10 W. Y. Liew, ‘Intellectual Property Rights’, in T. Koh and L. L. Chang (eds.), The United States – Singapore Free Trade Agreement: Highlights and Insights (Singapore: World Scientific, 2004), at 123134.

11 M. F. Ferracane, H. Lee-Makiyama, and E. van der Marel, Digital Trade Restrictiveness Index (Brussels: European Center for International Political Economy, 2018), online at: https://ecipe.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/DTRI_FINAL.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

12 United States Trade Representative (USTR), ‘2019 National Trade Estimates Report on Foreign Trade Barriers’, (2019), online at: https://ustr.gov/sites/default/files/2019_National_Trade_Estimate_Report.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

13 H. Chang, ‘Regulation of Foreign Investment in Historical Perspective’, No 2003-12, United Nations University (UNU) Institute for New Technologies (INTECH) Discussion Paper Series, December 2003, online at: https://econpapers.repec.org/paper/unmunuint/200312.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023); G. Dimitropoulos, ‘National Security: The Role of Investment Screening Mechanisms’, in J. Chaisse, L. Choukroune, and S. Jusoh (eds.), Handbook of International Investment Law and Policy (Singapore: Springer, 2020), at 507543.

14 Z. T. Chan and S. Meunier, ‘Behind the Screen: Understanding National Support for a Foreign Investment Screening Mechanism in the European Union’ (2022) 17 The Review of International Organizations 513541.

15 M. A. Carrai, ‘The Rise of Screening Mechanisms in the Global North: Weaponizing the Law against China’s Weaponized Investments?’ (2020) 8 The Chinese Journal of Comparative Law 351383.

16 J. K. Jackson, ‘The Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States’, Congressional Research Service, 14 February 2020, online at: https://sgp.fas.org/crs/natsec/RL33388.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

17 European Commission, ‘EU Foreign Investment Screening Regulation Enters into Force’, 10 April 2019, online at: https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/IP_19_2088 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

18 European Commission, ‘President Jean-Claude Juncker’s State of the Union Address 2017’, 13 September 2017, online at: https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/SPEECH_17_3165 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

19 C. Ankeny, ‘The Costs of Data Localization’, ITI TechWonk Blog, 17 August 2016, online at: www.itic.org/news-events/techwonk-blog/the-costs-of-data-localization (last accessed 13 June 2023).

20 USTR, ‘2019 National Trade Estimates Report on Foreign Trade Barriers’.

21 M. Bauer, H. Lee-Makiyama, E. van der Marel, and B. Verschelde, ‘The Costs of Data Localization: Friendly Fire on Economic Recovery’, ECIPE Occasional Papers, No. 3/2014, online at: https://ecipe.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/OCC32014__1.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

22 A. J. Byers, The International Data Center Development Boom, Capacity Media, 16 September 2020, online at: www.capacitymedia.com/articles/3826346/the-international-data-center-development-boom (last accessed 13 June 2023).

23 Z. Imran, ‘How Server Location Affects Latency?’, Cloudways Blog, 9 December 2021, online at: www.cloudways.com/blog/how-server-location-affects-latency/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

24 S. Ezell and N. Cory, ‘The Way Forward for Intellectual Property Internationally’, Information Technology and Innovation Foundation (ITIF), 25 April 2019, online at: https://itif.org/publications/2019/04/25/way-forward-intellectual-property-internationally (last accessed 13 June 2023).

25 Global Trade Alert, ‘Indonesia: Local Content Requirements for Smartphones & Tablets’, 1 January 2017, online at: www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/19584/local-sourcing/indonesia-local-content-requirements-for-smartphones-tablets (last accessed 13 June 2023).

26 Apple Newsroom, ‘Apple Opens Developer Academy in Indonesia’, 7 May 2018, online at: www.apple.com/sg/newsroom/2018/05/apple-opens-developer-academy-in-indonesia/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

27 L. Yulisman, ‘Samsung Opens Cell-Phone Factory in Indonesia’, The Jakarta Post, 11 February, 2015, online at: www.thejakartapost.com/news/2015/02/11/samsung-opens-cell-phone-factory-indonesia.html (last accessed 13 June 2023).

28 A. C. Mertha (ed.), The Politics of Piracy: Intellectual Property in Contemporary China (New York: Cornell University Press, 2005).

29 USTR, ‘Findings of the Investigation into China’s Acts, Policies and Practices Related to Technology Transfer, Intellectual Property and Innovation under Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1994’, 22 March 2018, online at: https://ustr.gov/sites/default/files/Sectionpercent20301percent20FINAL.PDF (last accessed 13 June 2023); USTR, ‘Update Concerning China’s Acts, Policies and Practices Related to Technology Transfer, Intellectual Property, and Innovation’, 20 November 2018, online at: https://ustr.gov/sites/default/files/enforcement/301Investigations/301percent20Reportpercent20Update.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

30 WTO, United States – Tariff Measures on Certain Goods from China [DS543].

31 WTO, China – Certain Measures on the Transfer of Technology [DS549], online at: https://trade.ec.europa.eu/doclib/docs/2018/december/tradoc_157591.12.20percent20-percent20REVpercent20consultationpercent20requestpercent20FINAL.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

32 See China – Certain Measures on the Transfer of Technology [DS549], ‘Request for Consultation by the European Union’, WT/DS549/1/Rev.1, G/L/1244/Rev.1, IP/D/39/Rev.1, 8 January 2019, at 8, online at: https://trade.ec.europa.eu/doclib/docs/2018/december/tradoc_157591.12.20percent20-percent20REVpercent20consultationpercent20requestpercent20FINAL.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

33 M. Dunne, American Wheels on Chinese Roads: The Story of General Motors in China (Singapore: Wiley, 2011); J. R. Immelt, Hot Seat: What I Learned Leading a Great American Company (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2021).

34 S. J. Evenett, ‘What Caused the Resurgence in FDI Screening?’, The European Money and Finance Forum (SUERF), May 2021, online at: www.suerf.org/policynotes/24933/what-caused-the-resurgence-in-fdi-screening (last accessed 13 June 2023).

35 R. Dattu, ‘A Journey from Havana to Paris: The Fifty-Year Quest for the Elusive Multilateral Agreement on Investment’ (2000) 24 Fordham International Law Journal 275316.

36 UNCTAD, Investment Policy Framework for Sustainable Development, 2015, online at: www.tralac.org/images/docs/7733/unctad-investment-policy-framework-for-sustainable-development-2015-executive-summary.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

37 E. H. Preeg, Traders in a Brave New World: The Uruguay Round and the Future of the International Trading System (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1995).

38 J. Croom, Reshaping the World Trading System: A History of the Uruguay Round, 2nd ed. (London: Kluwer Law International, 1998).

39 M. L. D. Sterlini, ‘The Agreement on Trade-Related Investment Measures’, in P. F. J. Macrory, A. E. Appleton, and M. G. Plummer (eds.), The World Trade Organization: Legal, Economic and Political Analysis, (Boston: Springer, 2005), at 437483.

40 WTO, Indonesia – Certain Measures Affecting the Automobile Industry (DS 54).

41 C. Wilcox, A Charter for World Trade (New York: MacMillan, 1949).

42 See WTO, ‘Joint Ministerial Statement on Investment Facilitation for Development’, WT/MIN(17)/59, 13 December 2017, online at: https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S009-DP.aspx?language=E&CatalogueIdList=240870 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

43 WTO, ‘Investment Facilitation Negotiations End Productive Year, Aim at Conclusion by End 2022’, 24 November 2021, online at: www.wto.org/english/news_e/news21_e/infac_24nov21_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

44 WTO, ‘More Than Two-Thirds of WTO Membership Now Part of Investment Facilitation Negotiations’, 30 November 2021, online at: www.wto.org/english/news_e/news21_e/infac_01dec21_e.htm (last accessed 13 June 2023).

45 Draft Article 19.1 of the 2019 investment facilitation text notes that “regulatory coherence refers to the use of good regulatory practices in the process of planning, designing, issuing, implementing and reviewing regulatory measures in order to facilitate achievement of policy objectives, and to enhance regulatory cooperation in order to further those objectives and promote international trade and investment, economic growth and employment.”, which borrows heavily from Article 25.2 of the CPTPP.

46 W. Adams Brown, Jr., The United States and the Restoration of World Trade (Washington, DC: The Brookings Institution, 1950).

47 See Article 11 (Means of Promoting Economic Development and Reconstruction) as well as Article 12 (International Investment for Economic Development and Reconstruction) of the Havana Charter for an International Trade Organization, online at: www.wto.org/english/docs_e/legal_e/havana_e.pdf (last accessed 22 December 2022).

48 K. J. Vandevelde, The First Bilateral Investment Treaties: U.S. Postwar Friendship, Commerce and Navigation Treaties (New York: Oxford University Press, 2017).

49 M. A. Cameron and B. W. Tomlin, The Making of NAFTA: How the Deal Was Done (New York: Cornell University Press, 2001); F. Fontanelli and G. Bianco, ‘Converging towards NAFTA: An Analysis of FTA Investment Chapters in the European Union and the United States’ (2014) 50 Stanford Journal of International Law 211245.

50 See, e.g., the corresponding provisions in the 2019 Australian Indonesian CEPA, namely Article 14.4: National Treatment and Article 14.5: Most-Favoured Nation Treatment.

51 See, e.g., NAFTA Article 1105. What this standard means in practice was elaborated by a NAFTA Tribunal in NAFTA Tribunal in Glamis Gold, namely: “to violate the customary international law minimum standard of treatment codified in Article 1105 of the NAFTA, an act must be sufficiently egregious and shocking—a gross denial of justice, manifest arbitrariness, blatant unfairness, a complete lack of due process, evident discrimination, or a manifest lack of reasons—so as to fall below accepted international standards and constitute a breach of Article 1105(1).” See Glamis Gold Ltd. v. United States of America, Award, 8 June 2009, para. 616, online at: https://jusmundi.com/en/document/pdf/Decision/IDS-100-1339683028-1476329508/en/en-glamis-gold-ltd-v-united-states-of-america-award-monday-8th-june-2009 (last accessed 13 June 2023).

52 See, e.g., Article 10.5 (Performance Requirements) of the India – South Korea CEPA.

53 See by way of example Article 8.12 of the Canadian – EU CETA.

54 See, e.g., Article 15 (Transfers) of the Investment Chapter (Chapter 8) of the 2003 Singapore – Australia FTA, online at: www.dfat.gov.au/sites/default/files/safta-chapter-8-171201.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

55 See for example NAFTA Article 1107.

56 Particularly Article 8.27.

57 A. G. FitzGerald, M. J. Valasek, and J. A. de Jong, Major Changes for Investor-State Dispute Settlement in New United States-Mexico–Canada Agreement, Norton Rose Fulbright, October 2018, online at: www.nortonrosefulbright.com/en/knowledge/publications/91d41adf/major-changes-for-investor-state-dispute-settlement-in-new-united-states-mexico-canada-agreement (last accessed 13 June 2023). This in particular with regards to enforcement, as Canada chose to withdraw from the ISDS arrangements altogether, whereas the United States and Mexico chose to strictly limit the option of invoking ISDS (except with respect to a narrow cohort of highly regulated sectors – oil and gas, power, telecommunications) to claims of violation of national treatment, MFN or direct expropriation, to the exclusion of other more commonly cited claims such as fair and equitable treatment and indirect expropriation.

58 D. Gaukrodger, ‘The Balance between Investor Protection and the Right to Regulate in Investment Treaties: A Scoping Paper’, OECD Working Papers on International Investment 2017/02, 24 February 2017, online at: www.oecd-ilibrary.org/finance-and-investment/the-balance-between-investor-protection-and-the-right-to-regulate-in-investment-treaties_82786801-en (last accessed 13 June 2023).

59 Business Software Alliance (BSA), ‘Digital Trade and Innovation in a 21st Century USMCA’, (2019), online at: www.bsa.org/files/policy-filings/0802201921stcenturyusmca.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

60 B. Thompson, ‘The TikTok War’, Stratechery, 14 July 2020, online at: https://stratechery.com/2020/the-tiktok-war/ (last accessed 13 June 2023).

61 This dynamic, given all the bluster and hostility that characterized the Trump administration’s attitude to trade agreements in general and NAFTA specifically, could be compared to negotiating with a gun to one’s head.

62 OECD, ‘Investment Screening in Times of COVID-19 and Beyond’, 23 June 2020, online at: www.oecd.org/investment/Investment-screening-in-times-of-COVID-19-and-beyond.pdf (last accessed 13 June 2023).

Figure 0

Table 5.1 Country coverage and regional aggregation

Figure 1

Table 5.2 Policy shock assumptions under different IFD scenarios

Source: Authors, cased on Berger, Dadkhah, and Olekseyuk (2021) and own calculations. The values for aggregate regions (CHN, E27, HIF, and LIF) are calculated as a GDP weighted average according to the mapping provided in Table 5.1 and using GTAP 10 data for weights.
Figure 2

Figure 5.1 Aggregated regional welfare and GDP impact (percent).Note:Table 5.1provides country coverage for EU27, HIF, and LIF, which is identical with our model- specific regions. G20 covers all G20 countries involved in structured discussions (ARG, AUS, BRA, CAN, CHN, JPN, KOR, MEX, RUS). Non-G20 includes Columbia and Kazakhstan as participants of structured discussions. Nonparticipants include the United States, India, and the rest of the world.

Source: Authors.
Figure 3

Table 5.3 Welfare impact (percent equivalent variation)

Source: Authors.
Figure 4

Figure 5.2 Aggregated regional welfare impact ($B).Note: Table 5.1 provides country coverage for EU27, HIF, and LIF, which is identical with our model- specific regions. G20 covers all G20 countries involved in structured discussions (ARG, AUS, BRA, CAN, CHN, JPN, KOR, MEX, RUS). Non-G20 includes Columbia and Kazakhstan as participants of structured discussions. Nonparticipants include the United States, India, and the rest of the world.

Figure 5

Table 5.4 GDP impact (percent)

Source: Authors.
Figure 6

Table 5.5 Sensitivity to different scalar adjustments to the IFI (percent equivalent variation)

Source: Authors.
Figure 7

Table 5.6 Sensitivity across structural and parametric assumptions for the middle range IFD scenario (percent equivalent variation)

Source: Authors
Figure 8

Figure 6.1 China FDI flows inward and outward (US$ billion).

Source: Own compilation based on data UNCTADStat, ‘Foreign Direct Investment: Inward and Outward Flows and Stock, annual’, online at: https://unctadstat.unctad.org/wds/TableViewer/tableView.aspx (accessed 13 June 2023).
Figure 9

Figure 6.2 China FDI stocks inward and outward (US$ billion).

Source: Own compilation based on data from UNCTADStat, ‘Foreign Direct Investment: Inward and Outward Flows and Stock, annual’, online at: https://unctadstat.unctad.org/wds/TableViewer/tableView.aspx (accessed 13 June 2023).
Figure 10

Figure 6.3 Brazilian FDI flows, 1995–2020 (US$ billion).

Source: Own compilation based on data from UNCTADStat, ‘Foreign Direct Investment: Inward and Outward Flows and Stock, annual’, online at: https://unctadstat.unctad.org/wds/TableViewer/tableView.aspx (accessed 13 June 2023).
Figure 11

Figure 6.4 Brazil FDI stocks, 1995–2020 (US$ billion).

Source: Own compilation based on data from UNCTADStat, ‘Foreign Direct Investment: Inward and Outward Flows and Stock, annual’, online at: https://unctadstat.unctad.org/wds/TableViewer/tableView.aspx (accessed 13 June 2023).
Figure 12

Table 7.1 LDCs–Commercial presence commitments in selected SDG-relevant services sectors

Source: Data gathered from the WTO Services Database, http://i-tip.wto.org/services/Search.aspx (March 2019).
Figure 13

Figure 7.1 Number of cases invoking provisions of the TRIMs Agreement.

Source: Author, based on WTO, “Disputes by agreement (as cited in request for consultations),” online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/dispu_e/dispu_agreements_index_e.htm?id=A25#selected_agreement (last accessed 13 June 2023).
Figure 14

Figure 7.2 Number of cases invoking provisions of the TRIPs Agreement.

Source: Author, based on WTO, “Disputes by agreement,” online at: www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/dispu_e/dispu_agreements_index_e.htm?id=A26#selected_agreement (last accessed 13 June 2023).
Figure 15

Table 7.2 IIA relationships according to World Bank income groups

Source: Data regarding BITs are in essence based on UNCTAD’s International Investment Agreements Navigator (ibid.), updated until the end of 2018.62
Figure 16

Figure 7.3 Frequency of investment legislation within OECD and LDCs and stated objectives in LDCs investment law.Note: UNCTAD distinguishes between “investment laws” and “FDI Screening laws.” The legislation of 120 countries is classified as “investment laws,” in 22 countries it is classified as “FDI Screening laws,” and in 7 it is classified as both. These numbers include EU Regulation 2019/452 of 19 March 2019 establishing a framework for the screening of foreign direct investments into the Union (counted as one).

Source: Author, based on UNCTAD’s Investment Laws Navigator, online at: https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws (last accessed 13 June 2023), which provides coding investment-related legislation of 149 countries (as of January 2022).
Figure 17

Figure 7.4 Entry conditions for FDI in LDC laws.

Source: Author, based on UNCTAD’s Investment Laws Navigator, online at: https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws (last accessed 13 June 2023).
Figure 18

Figure 7.5 Political corruption, 1970–2017.Note: ‘Section 4.0.19: The corruption index includes measures of six distinct types of corruption that cover both different areas and levels of the polity realm, distinguishing between executive, legislative, and judicial corruption’, V-Dem Codebook V8. See also K. M. McMann et al., “Strategies of Validation: Assessing the Varieties of Democracy Corruption Data,” 23 V-Dem Working Paper Series 23 (2016).

Source: Author, based on V-Dem data.
Figure 19

Figure 9.1 Historical Trend in SEZs.

Source: UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2019.
Figure 20

Table 9.1 Difference between investment promotion and investment facilitation

Source: James Zhan, Presentation on Global Action Menu for Investment Facilitation at the WTO, 2016.
Figure 21

Figure 9.2 Presence of (or references to) key investment facilitation concepts (percent share in 135 national investment laws analyzed).

Source: UNCTAD, Investment Policy Monitor Database (last accessed 10 June 2020).
Figure 22

Figure 9.3 National policy measures related to investment promotion and facilitation, 2010–2019 (percent).

Source: UNCTAD, Investment Policy Monitor Database.
Figure 23

Figure 9.4 Investment attraction tools in SEZ laws (number of laws, n=127).

Source: UNCTAD: World Investment Report 2019, 166.

Save book to Kindle

To save this book to your Kindle, first ensure no-reply@cambridge.org is added to your Approved Personal Document E-mail List under your Personal Document Settings on the Manage Your Content and Devices page of your Amazon account. Then enter the ‘name’ part of your Kindle email address below. Find out more about saving to your Kindle.

Note you can select to save to either the @free.kindle.com or @kindle.com variations. ‘@free.kindle.com’ emails are free but can only be saved to your device when it is connected to wi-fi. ‘@kindle.com’ emails can be delivered even when you are not connected to wi-fi, but note that service fees apply.

Find out more about the Kindle Personal Document Service.

Available formats
×

Save book to Dropbox

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Dropbox.

Available formats
×

Save book to Google Drive

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Google Drive.

Available formats
×